Docstoc

EQUIPMENT SHEDS at

Document Sample
EQUIPMENT SHEDS at Powered By Docstoc
					                 PROJECT MANUAL

        EQUIPMENT SHEDS at

   ELEPHANT BUTTE LAKE STATE PARK



                  State of New Mexico

ENERGY, MINERALS AND NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT

              STATE PARKS DIVISION

           Robert J. Vadurro, A.I.A. Park Architect

               Design & Development Bureau




                        August 1, 2011
                                         PROJECT SCOPE

                 Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park
                                              August 1, 2011

Base Bid

Contractor shall construct pre-engineered painted steel equipment sheds, one two double bay open, one two
double bay enclosed with garage doors and one triple double bay long and high. Provide steel fence, stuccoed
concrete masonry walls and pilasters and custom painted steel gates. Provide electrical and water utility
extensions and equipment, including yard and post hydrants, valves, power distribution, power outlets and
lighting fixtures. Provide concrete footings and patching. Provide pre-engineered building engineering
stamped by a NM licensed engineer. Demolition of nearby building to be performed by Owner’s forces;
coordinate with Owner for demolition of portions of existing masonry walls. All work to be as shown on the
drawings and described in these specifications, dated August 1, 2011. All bidding contractors shall include a
$10,000 contingency sum in base bids.

The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced not later than ten (10) consecutive
calendar days after the date of the written Notice to Proceed, and that Substantial Completion shall be
achieved not later than one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days after the date of the written Notice to
Proceed, except as hereafter extended by valid written Change Order by the Owner.


General
The work shall be performed in strict accordance with the applicable provisions of the latest versions of
the New Mexico International Building Code, National Electrical Code, NM Uniform Plumbing Code,
NM Uniform Mechanical Code, New Mexico Building Code, and the National Fire Protection
Association regulations regarding fire protection.

The State Parks Division will make two RV sites available to the Contractor for the duration of
construction, or for up to 180 days, whichever time is shorter. These sites are to be used by the
Contractor’s work force. Park personnel will assign the sites and the campground. The sites have
electrical and water service. There is an RV dump station and potable water in the park. The only charge
will be $4.00 per day per site for electrical service. The occupants of the site will be subject to all the
rules and restrictions pertaining to park visitors.

Contractor is required to pay for and secure a building permit prior to proceeding with construction.
Contractor shall provide submittals for all materials and equipment proposed for use on the project prior
to initiating construction. Lump sum bid shall include all labor, materials, and miscellaneous materials,
but not tax. Plans may be secured by visiting the State Parks website @
http://www.emnrd.state.nm.us/PRD/bidding.htm.

ManRez1scope
Susana Martinez
Governor

John H. Bemis                                                 Tommy Mutz
Cabinet Secretary-designee                                    Division Director
                                                              State Parks
Brett F. Woods, Ph.D.
Deputy Cabinet Secretary


TITLE, CERTIFICATION AND SEALS PAGE

           Project:                     Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park
                                        Sierra County, New Mexico
           Mailing address is:          101 Highway 195, Elephant Butte, NM 87935

     Architect of Record:              Robert J. Vadurro AIA
                                        Design and Development Bureau /State Parks Division
                                        Energy, Minerals and Natural Resources Department
                                        P.O. Box 1147
                                        Santa Fe, NM 87504-1147
                                        (505) 476-3383 (505) 476-3361 (fax)

     Structural Engineer:              Structural Engineering Solutions/ Craig Hagelgantz
                                        10118 Elmhurst NW
                                        Albuquerque, N.M. 87114
                                        (505) 890-8963

     Electrical Engineer:              Peak Power Engineering/ Dave Gonzales
                                        1309 Agua Fria
                                        Santa Fe, NM 87501
                                        505-982-7071

“ The technical material and data contained in the specifications were prepared under the
supervision and direction of the undersigned, whose seal as an Architect, licensed to practice in
the State of New Mexico, is affixed below”




                                                                                  1341
                                 Robert J. Vadurro                                License no.

All questions about the meaning or intent of these documents shall be submitted only to the
Architect / Engineer of Record, stated above, in writing. Refer to paragraph 3.2 of the Instructions
to Bidders as to interpretations.
                           New Mexico State Parks *1220 South St. Francis Drive
                 Santa Fe, New Mexico 87505* Phone: (505) 476-3355 * Fax (505) 476-3361*
                                             www.nmparks.com
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


             INDEX TO BIDDING DOCUMENTS

TITLE                                               DOCUMENT NUMBER


DIVISION 0: BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

PREBID INFORMATION……………………………………………………… 00000

Debarred or Suspended Contractors
Resident Contractor’s Application for Preference
Invitation to Bid


INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS…………………………………………………..00100


BID FORM………………………………………………………………………..00300


SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORM………………………………………………..00400

Bid Bond
Agent’s Affidavit
Subcontractors Listing


CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT……………………………………00500


BONDS, CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES……………………………………. 00600

Performance Bond (AIA A312)
Labor and Material Payment Bond (AIA A372)
Agent’s Affidavit
Certificate of Insurance
Assignment of Antitrust Claims
Notice of Award
Notice to Proceed
Certificate of Substantial Completion
Certification of Final Completion




GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT……………………………...00700




                                               1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS…………………………………………….00800

Modifications to the General Conditions
State Wage Rate Determination


ADDENDA AND MODIFICATIONS…………………………………………..00900

Contract Change Order

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 1               SECTION 01100           Summary
                         SECTION 01210           Allowances
                         SECTION 01290           Payment Procedures
                         SECTION 01330           Submittal Procedures
                         SECTION 01500           Temporary Facilities and Controls
                         SECTION 01600           Product Substitutions
                         SECTION 01700           Execution Requirements
                         SECTION 01770           Closeout Procedures

DIVISION 2               SECTION 02300           Earthwork

DIVISION 3               SECTION 03300           Cast in Place Concrete

DIVISION 4               SECTION 04200           Unit Masonry

DIVISION 5               SECTION 05120           Structural Steel
                         SECTION 05700           Ornamental Metal

DIVISION 6               NOT USED

DIVISION 7               NOT USED

DIVISION 8               SECTION 08361           Sectional Overhead Doors

DIVISION 9               SECTION 09220           Portland Cement Plaster
                         SECTION 09911           Painting

DIVISION 10              NOT USED

DIVISIONS 11 & 12        NOT USED

DIVISION 13              SECTION 13125           Metal Building Systems

DIVISION 14              NOT USED



DIVISION 15             SECTION 15055 - Common Piping Requirements


                                           2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

                  SECTION 15110 – Valves
                  SECTION 15140 - Domestic Water Piping
                  SECTION 15410 - Plumbing Fixtures
DIVISION 16

                  SECTION 16010 Basic Materials and Methods
                  SECTION 16110 Raceways
                  SECTION 16120 Wire and Cables
                  SECTION 16400 Service and Distribution
                  SECTION 16500 Lighting




                                       3
SECTION 00000 – PREBID INFORMATION


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1   DEBARRED OR SUSPENDED CONTRACTORS
      A business (contractor, subcontractor, or supplier) that has either been debarred or
      suspended pursuant to the requirements of NMSA 1978, Sections 13-1-177 through 13-1-
      180 and Sections 13-4-11 through 13-4-17 as amended, shall not be permitted to do
      business with the State of New Mexico and shall not be considered for award of contract
      during the period for which it is debarred or suspended.




PREBID INFORMATION                           Rev. 02-26-10                         00000-1
RESIDENT CONTRACTOR’S APPLICATION FOR PREFERENCE
SECTION 00000

INSTRUCTIONS:

1. The Contractor seeking to qualify as a resident contractor shall complete this application form
   and submit it to the State Purchasing Agent, Joseph Montoya Building, Rm. 2016, 1100 St.
   Francis Drive, Santa Fe, New Mexico, 87503, prior to the submission of a Bid on which the
   Contractor desires to be given a preference.
2. The State Purchasing Agent shall examine the application and, if necessary, may seek
   additional information or proof so as to be assured that the prospective Contractor is indeed
   entitled to certification as a resident contractor. If the application is in proper form, the State
   Purchasing Agent shall issue the Contractor a distinctive certification number, which is valid
   until revoked and which, when used on Bids and other purchasing documents for State
   agencies or local public bodies, entities the Contractor to treatment as a resident contractor;
   and
3. The certification number may be revoked by the State Purchasing Agent by making a
   determination that the Contractor no longer meets the requirements of a resident contractor
   as defined in Section 13-4-2, NMSA 1978.



Name of Company:                                                                 (for office use only)
Address:
                                                                                 #C____________

Telephone:

New Mexico Tax Number:

1. IN ORDER TO QUALIFY FOR RESIDENT CONTRACTOR’S PREFERENCE, APPLICANT
   MUST INDICATE “NEW MEXICO” ON AT LEAST QUESTIONS 1A AND 1B OR 1A AND 1C.
         a. In what states does your company do business?



             ___________________________________________________________________
             b. In what state does your company earn its highest percentage of revenues?


             c.   In what state is the highest percentage of you company’s capital assets located?


2. If a CORPORATION, answer the following:
           a. Is the company incorporated in the State of New Mexico?

             b. Are a majority of the outstanding shares owned by one or more
                individual citizens who are domiciled in the State of New
                Mexico?




PREBID INFORMATION                         Rev. 03-20-07                                      00000-2
3. If a PARTNERSHIP, GENERAL OR LIMITED, OR OTHER LEGAL ENTITY, answer the
   following:
           a. Are the partners or associates owning a majority beneficial
              interest domiciled in the State of New Mexico?
           b. If one or more partners or associates are corporations, are a
              majority of the outstanding shares of each corporation owned by
              individual citizens who are domiciled in the State of New
              Mexico?
4. If a TRUST, answer the following:
           a. Is the majority of the beneficial interest of the trust owned by
              individual citizens who are domiciled in the State of New
              Mexico?

5. If business is OWNED BY AN INDIVIDUAL, answer the following:
            a. Are you a citizen of and domiciled in the State of New Mexico?

6. Have you paid unemployment compensation contributions to the
   Employment Security Department at the applicable experience rate for your
   business pursuant to the New Mexico Unemployment Compensation Law on
   no less than ten (10) employees who have performed services subject to
   contributions for the preceding two-year period?

NOTICE:    APPLICANT MUST, AT THE TIME ANY PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT IS
           ADVERTISED FOR BIDS AND AT THE TIME BIDS ARE OPENED, HAVE ALL
           LICENSES REQUIRED FOR THAT PROJECT. ONCE A CERTIFICATION
           NUMBER HAS BEEN ISSUED, THE CONTRACTOR DOES NOT HAVE TO
           RESUBMIT THIS FORM UNLESS THE CERTIFICATION NUMBER HAS BEEN
           REVOKED.

               CERTIFICATION:      I hereby certify that all statements made in this application
                                   are true and complete to the best of my knowledge, and I
                                   understand that misrepresentation of material facts will
                                   cause forfeiture of my rights to resident preference. I agree
                                   to report to the Purchasing Agent any changes in the status
                                   of the facts which underlie the answers to the questions on
                                   this form.


                                   Signature of Applicant                       Date

Subscribed and sworn to before me this __________ day of ___________________, 20________.


County of _____________________________, State of _______________________________.


My commission expires:___________________                ________________________________
                                                        Notary Public

RECOMMENDED APPROVAL__________________ APPROVED ____________________
RECOMMENDED REJECTION__________________ REJECTED _____________________



VENDOR REGISTRATION OFFICER                             STATE PURCHASING AGENT




PREBID INFORMATION                      Rev. 03-20-07                                   00000-3
                                PURCHASING DIVISION
                                     P.O. BOX 6850
                              SANTA FE, NEW MEXICO 87502
                                     (505) 827-0472

BIDDER:                                 INVITATION TO BID
                                        CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT


                                        BID NUMBER: 20-521-00-05408
Project: Equipment Sheds at Elephant
Butte Lake State Park,
101 Highway 195,
Elephant Butte, NM 87935

ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF RECORD            Sealed bid opening
ROBERT J. VADURRO, AIA                  NM STATE PURCHASING DIVISION
EMNRD, State Parks Division
Santa Fe, New Mexico                    DATE: September 30, 2011 @ 2PM
Telephone: (505) 476 3383
                                        Procurement Specialist:
                                        505-827-0472
OWNER:
EMNRD, State Parks Division
P.O. Box 1147
Santa Fe, New Mexico 87504-1147
Telephone: (505) 476 –3355

IMPORTANT: BIDS MUST BE SUBMITTED IN A SEALED ENVELOPE WITH THE BID NUMBER
AND OPENING DATE CLEARLY INDICATED ON THE BOTTOM LEFT HAND SIDE OF THE
FRONT OF THE ENVELOPE.

SEALED BIDS WILL BE RECEIVED UNTIL THE ABOVE-SPECIFIED DATE AND LOCAL TIME,
THEN PUBLICLY OPENED AT THE NEW MEXICO STATE PURCHASING DIVISION OFFICE AND
READ ALOUD. HAND DELIVER BIDS TO THE STATE PURCHASING DIVISION, JOSEPH M.
MONTOYA BLDG., ROOM 2016, 1100 ST. FRANCIS DR., SANTA FE, NM, 87505.

THIS BID IS SUBJECT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE BIDDING DOCUMENTS AS DEFINED IN
THE "INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS," SECTION 00100.

THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A SURETY BOND, SUBCONTRACTOR
LISTING FORM, AND DOCUMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE "INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS."




This mailing contains three pages



Rev. 08-22-11                                                         00000-4
INVITATION TO BID page 2

PLEASE NOTE: All hand-delivered bids must be received at the State Purchasing Division Office
and should be submitted at the front desk, Room 2016.

Bidding documents may be obtained by visiting the EMNRD, State Parks Division website at
http://www.emnrd.state.nm.us/PRD/bidding.htm. Plans, specifications, and addenda will be present in
pdf format. Prospective bidders may view the set there, download to their personal computer or have
their local printer print out a set at their cost. The State Parks Division will no longer have these files
available in printed form except at the plan rooms listed below. It is the responsibility of the
prospective bidder to review all sheets of the set, all specification pages and any addenda issued.
Please check the website for addenda before submitting your bid.

BIDDING DOCUMENTS MAY BE REVIEWED AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS:

Architect/Engineer of Record                           Construction Reporter
Robert Vadurro, AIA                                    1609 Second Street NW
EMNRD, State Parks Division                            Albuquerque, New Mexico 87102
1220 S. St. Francis Drive                              (505) 243-9793
Santa Fe, New Mexico
Telephone: (505) 476 3383

Builder's News and Plan Room                           Dodge Reports
3435 Princeton Drive NE                                1615 University Boulevard NE
Albuquerque, New Mexico 87107                          Albuquerque, New Mexico 87102
(505) 884-1752                                         (505) 243-2817

Bids shall be presented in the form of a total Base Bid proposal under a Lump Sum Contract plus any
additive or deductive alternates that are selected by the Owner. A bid must be submitted on all bid
items and alternates; segregated bids will not be accepted. Plans and specifications are available from
the EMNRD, State Parks Division website at http://www.emnrd.state.nm.us/PRD/bidding.htm.

NOTE: Base Bid price shall not include state gross receipts or local options taxes. Taxes will be
included in the Contracted Amount at prevailing rates as a separate item to be paid by Owner.

In submitting this bid, each Bidder must satisfy all terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents.
All work covered by this Invitation to Bid shall be in accordance with applicable state laws and, if
the bid amount is $60,000 or more, is subject to the minimum wage rate determination issued by the
New Mexico Department of Workforce Solutions, Labor Relations Division, Labor and Industrial
Bureau, for this project. If the bid amount of the contractor or any tier of subcontractor exceeds
$50,000, the contractor and subcontractor must comply with the registration requirements pursuant
to the Public Works Minimum Wage Act.




Rev. 08-22-11                                                                           00000-5
INVITATION TO BID Page 3

Bid Security in the form of a surety bond executed by a surety company authorized to do business in
the State of New Mexico in the amount of 5% of the total bid, or the equivalent in cash by means of a
cashier's check or in a form satisfactory to the Owner, must accompany each bid in accordance with
the Instructions to Bidders.

A 100% Performance Bond and a 100% Payment and Materials Bond for the total contract amount,
including appropriate New Mexico Gross Receipts Tax, executed by a surety company authorized to
do business in the State of New Mexico shall be required from the successful Bidder prior to award
of contract. A subcontractor shall provide performance and payment bonds if the subcontractor’s
contract (to the Contractor) for work to be performed is $125,000 or more. Failure of a
subcontractor to provide the required bonds shall not subject owner to any increase in cost due to
approved substitution of subcontractor.

A completed Subcontractor Listing Form must accompany each bid.

The Bidding Documents contain a time for completion of the work and further impose liquidated
damages for failure to complete the work within that time period.

No Bidder may withdraw his bid for 60 days after the actual date of the opening thereof.

The Owner intends to award this Project to the lowest responsible Bidder. The Owner reserves the
right to reject any and all bids, to waive technical irregularities, and to award the contract to the Bidder
whose bid it deems to be in the best interest of the Owner.

Attention of the Bidder is particularly directed to the current requirements as to Resident Contractor's
Preference per NMSA 1978, Section 13-4-3. The provisions of NMSA 1978, Sections 13-4-1 through
13-4-4 are not applicable to projects receiving federal aid or when the expenditure of federal funds
designated for a specific contract is involved.

A NON-MANDATORY pre-bid conference will be held on September 20, 2011 at 1:30 p.m. at the
project site.

NMSA 1978, Section 13-4-13.1.1 requires Contractors when their bid is over $50,000 and
subcontractors of all tiers when their portion of the work is over $50,000, to be registered with the
Labor and Industrial Division of the Department of Workforce Solutions. This registration form is
available on the Department of Workforce Solutions web page at www.dws.state.nm.us under the
“Public Works, Registered Contractors, Labor Enforcement Fund Form” link. This registration
requires a $200 annual fee. Note that there may be some administrative delay in processing your
registration. Pursuant to NMSA 1978, Section 13-4-31.1.1, the State Purchasing Division cannot
accept your bid if you are not registered at time of bid opening. Please direct all questions concerning
the Public Works, Registered Contractors, Labor Enforcement Fund Form” to the Department of
Workforce Solutions at (505) 841-8405.

END OF INVITATION TO BID



Rev. 08-22-11                                                                            00000-6
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Section 00100

1.0    DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

1.1    Terms used in these Bidding Documents that are defined in the Instructions to Bidders and in
the Conditions of the Contract for Construction (General, Supplementary, and Other Conditions)
have the meanings assigned to them in those documents.

       A. ADDENDUM: A written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids
       which clarifies, corrects, or changes the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents. Plural:
       addenda.

       B. ALTERNATE BID: Amount stated in the Bid as the sum to be added from the amount
       of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the project scope, materials, and/or methods
       of construction is awarded by the Owner.

       C. BASE BID: Amount stated in the Bid as the sum for which the Bidder offers to perform
       the work, excluding alternate Bids.

       D. BID: The offer of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for
       the work to be performed in conformance with the Bidding Documents.

       E. BID LOT: A major item of work for which a separate quotation or proposal is requested.

       F. BIDDER: One who submits a Bid directly to the Owner, as distinct from a subcontractor
       who submits a bid to a contractor.

       G. BIDDING DOCUMENTS: The Bidding Requirements and the Contract Documents.

       H. BID FORM: A form which shall include space in which the bid price shall be inserted
       and which the Bidder shall sign and submit along with all other necessary submissions. A
       Bidder may submit a reasonable facsimile of the Bid Form. Oral, telephonic, and telegraphic
       bids are invalid and will not be considered.

       I. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS: Notice of Invitation to Bid, Prebid Information,
       Instructions to Bidders, Information Available for Bidders, the Bid Form, Supplements to the
       Bid Form, and portions of Addenda relating to any of these.

       J. INVITATION FOR BID: All documents including those attached or incorporated by
       reference or utilized for soliciting sealed bids.

       K. OWNER: State of New Mexico, Energy, Minerals and Natural Resources Department
       (EMNRD), State Parks Division.

       L. RESPONSIBLE BIDDER: A Bidder who submits a Responsive Bid and who has
       furnished, when required, information and data to prove that his financial resources,
       production or service facilities, personnel, service reputation, and experience are adequate to


INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS                        Rev. 03-11-10                                  00100-1
       make satisfactory delivery of the services, construction, or items of tangible personal
       property described in the Invitation for Bid.

       M. RESPONSIVE BID: A bid that conforms in all material respects to the requirements
       set forth in the Invitation for Bid.

       N. SUCCESSFUL BIDDER: The lowest Responsible Bidder to whom the Owner, on the
       basis of the Owner's evaluation, makes an award. A Successful Bidder does not become the
       contractor until an agreement with the Owner is signed.

2.0 EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SITE

2.1    Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder must:

       A. examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly;

       B. visit the site to familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect
       cost, progress, or performance;

       C. familiarize himself with federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations
       that may in any manner affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work; and

       D. study and carefully correlate the Bidder's observations with the Bidding Documents.

2.2     On request, the Owner will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such
investigations and tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of his Bid.

2.3     The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way for access thereto, and
other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the work are identified in the Bidding
Documents.

2.4     The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that
he has complied with every requirement of this Section and that the Bidding Documents are
sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for
performance of the Work.

3.0 BIDDING DOCUMENTS

3.1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS

3.1.1 Bidding documents may be obtained by visiting the EMNRD State Parks Division’s website at
http://www.emnrd.state.nm.us/PRD/bidding.htm. Plans, specifications, and addenda will be present in
pdf format. Prospective bidders may view the set there, download to their personal computer or have
their local printer print out a set at their cost. The EMNRD State Parks Division will no longer have
these files available in printed form except at the plan rooms listed in the Invitation to Bid. It is the
responsibility of the prospective bidder to review all sheets of the set, all specification pages and any
addenda issued. Please check the website for addenda before submitting your bid.



INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS                         Rev. 03-11-10                                    00100-2
3.1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing bids; neither the Owner nor
the Architect/Engineer assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use
of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.

3.1.3 The Owner and the Architect/Engineer, in making available electronic copies of Bidding
Documents on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not
confer a license or grant for any other use.

3.2 INTERPRETATIONS

3.2.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents shall be submitted to the
Architect/Engineer in writing. Replies will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties
recorded by the Architect/Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received
less than 10 days prior to the date for opening of Bids will not be answered. Only questions
answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications
will be without legal effect.

3.2.2 Bidders and Subcontractors shall promptly notify the Architect/Engineer of any ambiguity,
inconsistency, or error which they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents or of
the site and local conditions.

3.3 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings
or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items.
Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or-
equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the contractor if acceptable to the
Architect/Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by the Architect/Engineer
unless submitted to the Architect/Engineer at least 10 days prior to the date for opening Bids. Any
allowance of substitutions will be published to all prospective Bidders via addendum. The
procedure for submittal of any such application by the Contractor and consideration by the
Architect/Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents.

3.4 ADDENDA

3.4.1 Addenda will be posted on the state parks website
at:http://www.emnrd.state.nm.us/PRD/bidding.htm.

3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are
on file for that purpose.

3.4.3 Addenda will be issued no later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids, except an
addendum withdrawing the request for bids or one which includes postponement of the date for
receipt of Bids.

4.0 BIDDING PROCEDURES

4.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS


INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS                        Rev. 03-11-10                                 00100-3
4.1.1   Bids shall be submitted on forms identical to the form included with the Bidding Documents.

4.1.2   All blanks on the Bid Form shall be filled in by typewriter or manually in ink.

4.1.3 Where so indicated by the makeup of the Bid Form, sums shall be expressed in both words
and figures, and, in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words shall govern.

4.1.4 Any interlineation, alteration, or erasure must be initialed by the signer of the Bid.

4.1.5 All requested Additive or Deductive Alternate Bids shall be bid. If no change in the Base
Bid is required, enter "No Change."

4.1.6 Where there are two or more major items of work (identified as "Bid Lots") for which
separate quotations are requested, the Bidder may, at his discretion, submit quotations for any or all
items, unless otherwise specified. Additionally, the Bidder may submit a lump sum price for all lots
for which the Bidder has submitted separate quotations.

4.1.7 Each copy of the bid shall include the complete name of the Bidder and a statement that the
Bidder is a sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation, or some other legal entity. Each copy shall
be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a
corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the applicable New Mexico
Certificate of Incorporation number or Certificate of Authority number. The Bid shall include the
current contractor's license number and type, the current Contractor's preference number, and the
Department of Workforce Solutions registration number on projects over $50,000. A bid submitted
by an agent shall have a current Power of Attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind
the Bidder.

4.1.8 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which
shall be filled in on the Bid Form).

4.1.9   The address to which communications regarding the Bid are to be directed must be shown.

4.1.10 The Project Name and Number, as well as State Purchasing Division’s Invitation to Bid
Number, shall be clearly shown on the outside of the envelope in which the Bid is submitted.

4.2     BID SECURITY

4.2.1 Bid security in an amount equal to at least five percent of the amount of the Bid shall be a
bond provided by a surety company authorized to do business in this state, or the equivalent in cash,
a cashier's check, or otherwise supplied in a form satisfactory to the Owner (NMSA 1978, Section
13-1-146) and approved in writing by the Owner in advance. All Bonds shall be executed by such
sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as
Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies," as published in
Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, United States Treasury Department.

4.2.2 The bid security shall be in the amount of five percent of the highest Bid amount submitted,
unless otherwise stipulated, pledging that the Bidder will enter into a Contract with the Owner on the
terms stated herein and will furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and
payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS                         Rev. 03-11-10                                  00100-4
or fail to furnish such bonds, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as
liquidated damages, not as a penalty.

4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is
being considered until either:

       A. the Contract has been executed and bonds have been furnished;

       B. the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn; or

       C. all Bids have been rejected.

4.2.4 When the Bidding Documents require bid security, noncompliance by the Bidder requires
that the Bid be rejected (NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-147A).

4.2.5 If a Bidder is permitted to withdraw his Bid before award, no action shall take place against
the Bidder or the bid security (NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-147B).

4.2.6 The Owner may reduce bid security requirements authorized by the Procurement Code
(NMSA 1978, Sections 13-1-28 to 13-1-199) to encourage procurement from small businesses.
Reduction, if any, and the manner thereof will be stipulated in Paragraph 7. Reduction of the
amount of bid security, if any, shall in no way reduce requirements for Performance, Payment, or
other Bonds referenced in the Bidding Documents.

4.3    PREBID CONFERENCE

4.3.1 The Architect/Engineer of Record may conduct a Prebid Conference prior to the bid opening
date stated in the Invitation to Bid. Time, date, and location of Pre-bid Conference, if applicable, is
contained in the Invitation to Bid.

4.3.2 The Architect/Engineer of Record and his consultants, as applicable, shall be represented.
Prospective Bidders, Prospective Subcontractors, and Prospective Vendors are encouraged to attend
and should be prepared to ask questions regarding substitutions and/or to request clarification of the
Bidding Documents. The failure of a Bidder, Subcontractor, or Vendor to attend shall be interpreted
to mean that the bidding Documents are clear and acceptable to all nonparticipants at the Prebid
Conference. Such clarity and acceptability shall be presumed with respect to all Bidders.

4.3.3 Questions and requests for clarification are to be presented in written form. Responses will
be written and issued as Addenda. No verbal response shall be binding.

4.4    RESIDENT CONTRACTOR'S PREFERENCE

4.4.1 When Bids are received from nonresident contractors and resident contractors and the lowest
responsible Bid is from a nonresident contractor, the contract shall be awarded to the resident
contractor whose Bid is nearest to the bid price of the otherwise low nonresident contractor if the
Bid price of the resident contractor is made lower than the Bid price of the nonresident contractor
when multiplied by a factor of ninety-five one-hundredths.



INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS                         Rev. 03-11-10                                  00100-5
4.4.2 No contractor shall be treated as a resident contractor in the awarding of public works
contracts by the Owner unless the contractor has qualified with the State Purchasing Agent as a
resident contractor pursuant to this section by making application to the State Purchasing Agent and
receiving from him a certification number. The procedure for application and certification is as
follows.

       A. The contractor seeking to qualify as a resident contractor shall complete the application
       form and submit it to the State Purchasing Agent prior to the submission of a Bid on which
       the contractor desires to be given a preference (see Resident Contractor’s Application Form
       included in this Invitation to Bid).

       B. The State Purchasing Agent shall examine the application and, if necessary, may seek
       additional information or proof so as to be assured that the Prospective Contractor is indeed
       entitled to certification as a resident contractor. If the application is in proper form, the State
       Purchasing Agent shall issue the contractor a distinctive certification number, which is valid
       until revoked and which, when used on Bids and other purchasing documents for state
       agencies or local public bodies, entitles the contractor to treatment as a resident contractor
       under Subparagraph 4.4.1 of this section.

       C. The State Purchasing Agent may revoke the certification number issued pursuant to
       Subparagraph B of this section by making a determination that the contractor no longer meets
       the requirements of a resident contractor as defined in NMSA 1978, Section 13-4-2.

4.5    SUBCONTRACTORS

4.5.1 The bidder shall list the Subcontractors he proposes to use for all trades or items on the
Subcontractor Listing Form attached to the Bidding Documents, pursuant to NMSA 1978, Section
13-4-1 et seq., as may be amended from time to time.

4.5.2 The Bidder shall not list himself as the supplier or as the Subcontractor for any trade unless
he has previously performed work of this type or can prove to the Architect/Engineer and the
Owner's satisfaction that he actually has, or will obtain, fully adequate facilities and plans to perform
the work with his own forces.

4.5.3 Omission or non-compliance with the intent of the Subcontractor Listing (Section 00430)
will be grounds for considering a bid as non-responsive.

4.5.4 Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect/Engineer will notify the Bidder in writing if
either the Owner or the Architect/Engineer, after due investigation and written findings of fact, has
reasonable and substantial objection to any person or organization on such list. If the Owner or
Architect/Engineer has reasonable and substantial objection to any person or organization on such
list and refuses in writing to accept such person or organization, the Bidder may, at his option:

       A. withdraw his Bid; or

       B. submit an acceptable substitute Subcontractor with no increase in his bid price. In the
       event of withdrawal under this paragraph, bid security will not be forfeited.



INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS                          Rev. 03-11-10                                   00100-6
4.5.5 The Successful Bidder shall, within seven calendar days of notice of the award of a Contract
for the Work, submit the following information to the Architect/Engineer:

        A. a signed list of the proprietary names and the suppliers of principal items or systems of
        material and equipment proposed for the Work; and

        B. a list signed by all Subcontractors proposed for the principal portions of the Work in
        accordance with the Subcontractors Listing Form submitted with the Bid. Refer to Page
        00400-4 thru 6 for form of Subcontractors Listing.

4.5.6 The Successful Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the
Architect/Engineer and the Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities
proposed to furnish and perform the work described in the Bidding Documents.

4.5.7 Persons and organizations proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and the
Architect/Engineer have made no reasonable objection under the provisions of Paragraph 4.5.6 must
be used on the work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written
consent of the Owner and the Architect/Engineer.

4.5.8 No Successful Bidder shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, other person, or
organization against whom he has reasonable objection.

4.6     SUBMISSION OF BIDS

4.6.1 Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation for Bid and shall be
included in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title and name and address of the
Bidder and accompanied by the bid security, Subcontractors Listing Form, and other required
documents listed in the Bidding Documents.

4.6.2   The envelope shall be addressed to:

               State Purchasing Division
               General Services Department
               Joseph M. Montoya Building
               1100 South St. Francis Drive
               P.O. Drawer 26110
               Santa Fe, New Mexico 87502-6110

The stick-on label, if provided by the State Purchasing Division, shall be completed and attached, or
the following information shall be provided on the front lower left corner of the Bid envelope:
Invitation for Bid number, date of opening, and time of opening. If the bid is sent by mail, the sealed
envelope shall have the notation "SEALED BIDS ENCLOSED" on the face thereof.

4.6.3 Bids received after the date and time for receipt of bids will be returned unopened.

4.6.4 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery of bids at the office of the
State Purchasing Division, including those Bids submitted by mail. Hand-delivered bids shall be
submitted at the front desk of the State Purchasing Division and will be clocked in at the time
received, which must be prior to the time specified. Bids will then be held for public opening.

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS                         Rev. 03-11-10                                    00100-7
4.6.5 Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic bids are invalid and will not receive consideration.

4.7    CORRECTION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS

4.7.1 A bid containing a mistake discovered before Bid Opening may be modified or withdrawn by
a bidder prior to the time set for Bid Opening by delivering written or telegraphic notice to the
location designated in the Invitation for Bid as the place where bids are to be received.

4.7.2 Bid security, if required, shall be in an amount sufficient for the bid as modified or
resubmitted in conformance with Section 4.2.

4.7.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time and date designated for the receipt of
Bids, provided they are then fully in conformance with the Bidding Documents.

4.7.4 After Bid Opening, no modifications in bid prices or other provisions of bids shall be
permitted. A low Bidder alleging a material mistake of fact which makes his Bid non-responsive
may be permitted to withdraw his Bid if:

       A. the mistake is clearly evident on the face of the Bid Document; or

       B. the Bidder submits evidence that clearly and convincingly demonstrates that a mistake
       was made.

Any decision by the Owner to permit or deny the withdrawal of a Bid on the basis of a mistake
contained therein shall be supported by a written determination setting forth the grounds for the
decision. If withdrawal is permitted, bid security will not be forfeited.

4.8    NOTICE OF CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS BINDING ON BIDDER

4.8.1 In submitting this bid, the Bidder represents that he has familiarized himself with the nature
and extent of the following requirements of the Conditions of the Construction Contract (General,
Supplementary, and Other Conditions):

       A. Definitions – See Section 00700; General Conditions;

       B. Bribes, Gratuities, and Kickbacks – See Section 00800 – Supplementary Conditions;

       C. Nonresident Contractor Requirements Regarding Gross Receipts Tax Surety Bond - See
       Section 00800 – Supplementary Conditions;

       D. Contractor's Gross Receipts Tax Registration - See Section 00800 – Supplementary
       Conditions;

       E. Contracts with Nonresident Persons or Partnerships or Unadmitted Foreign Corporations,
       Agent for Service - See Section 00800 – Supplementary Conditions;

       F. Assignment of Antitrust Claims - See Section 00800 – Supplementary Conditions;


INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS                         Rev. 03-11-10                                  00100-8
       G. Equal Employment Opportunity - See Section 00800 – Supplementary Conditions; and

       H. others listed within the Contract Documents.

4.9    REJECTION OR CANCELLATION OF BIDS

An Invitation for Bid may be canceled, or any or all Bids may be rejected in whole or in part, when
it is in Owner’s best interest. A determination containing the reasons therefore shall be made part of
the Project file (NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-131). Bid security for rejected Bids shall be returned to
the Bidder.

4.10   PROTESTS

4.10.1 Any Bidder, offeror, or contractor who is aggrieved in connection with this procurement
(Bid) may protest to the central purchasing office and the Owner in accordance with the
requirements of General Services Department Rule 93-601. The protest should be made in writing
within 24 hours after the facts or occurrences giving rise thereto, but in no case later than 15
calendar days after the facts or occurrences giving rise thereto (NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-172).

4.10.2 In the event of a timely protest under Subparagraph 4.10.1 (NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-172
of the Procurement Code), the central purchasing office and the Owner shall not proceed further with
the procurement unless the central purchasing office or the Owner makes a determination that the
award of contract is necessary to protect substantial interests of the Owner (NMSA 1978, Section
13-1-173).

4.10.3 The central purchasing office or Owner shall have the authority to take any action reasonably
necessary to resolve a protest of an aggrieved Bidder, offeror, or contractor concerning a
procurement.

4.10.4 The central purchasing officer or Owner shall promptly issue a determination relating to the
protest. The determination shall:

       A. state the reasons for the action taken; and

       B. inform the Protestant of the right to judicial review of the determination pursuant to
       NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-183 of the Procurement Code.

4.10.5 A copy of the determination issued under NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-175 of the Procurement
Code shall immediately be mailed to the Protestant and other bidders or offerors involved in the
procurement (NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-176).

5.0    CONSIDERATION OF BIDS

5.1    RECEIPT, OPENING, AND RECORDING

Bids received on time will be opened publicly and will be read aloud, and an abstract of the amounts
of the Base Bids and Alternates or bid items, if any, will be made available to the Bidders. Each Bid
shall be open to public inspection (NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-107).


INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS                        Rev. 03-11-10                                  00100-9
5.2     BID EVALUATION AND AWARD

5.2.1 The Owner shall have the right to waive technical irregularities in the form of the Bid of the
low Bidder which do not alter the price, quality, or quantity of the services, construction, or items of
tangible personal property bid (NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-132).

5.2.2 It is the intent of the Owner to award a contract to the lowest responsible bidder, provided the
Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents. The
unreasonable failure of a Bidder to promptly supply information in connection with an inquiry with
respect to responsibility is grounds for a determination that the Bidder is not a responsible Bidder
(NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-133). See Section 6 as to Post-Bid Information that may be required of
a Contractor as to qualifications.

5.2.3 If the Base Bid is within the amount of funds available to finance the construction, contract
award will be made to the responsible Bidder submitting the low Base Bid; except that, if sufficient
funds are available to fund alternates, the Owner may award the contract to the responsible Bidder
submitting the low combined Bid within the amount of funds available (Base Bid plus or minus
alternates). If the award is based on alternates, the Owner shall accept them in the order in which
they are listed on the Bid Form.

5.2.4 Discrepancies in the Bid Form between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words.
Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will
be resolved in favor of the correct sum.

5.2.5   Conditional Bids or Bids with additional terms will not be accepted.

5.3     NOTICE OF AWARD

A written Notice of Award shall be issued by the Owner after review and approval of the bid and
related documents by the Owner with reasonable promptness (NMSA 1978, Sections 3-1-100 and
13-1-108).

5.4     IDENTICAL BIDS

        When two or more of the Bids submitted are identical in price and are the low Bid, the
        central purchasing office or the Owner may:
                A. award pursuant to the multiple source award provisions of NMSA 1978, Section
                1-1-153 of the Procurement Code;
                B. award to a resident business if the identical low Bids are submitted by a resident
                business and an non-resident business;
                C. award to a resident manufacturer if the identical low Bids are submitted by a
                resident manufacturer and a resident business;
                D, award by lottery to one of the identical low Bidders; or
                E. reject all Bids and reselect Bids or proposals for the required services or
                construction of items of tangible personal property (NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-110).




INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS                         Rev. 03-11-10                                 00100-10
5.5    CANCELLATION OF AWARD

When in the best interest of the public, the Owner may cancel the award of any contract at any time
before the execution of said contract by all parties without any liability against the Owner.

6.0    POST-BID INFORMATION

6.1    SUBMITTALS TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER

Within seven days after Notice of Award, the following shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer:

       A. the required bonds and Certificate of Insurance;

       B. the requirements under Subparagraph 4.5.5; and

       C. a brief resume of the Successful Bidder's Superintendent.

6.2    RETURN OF BID SECURITY

Except for Bid Bonds all other form of bid security will be promptly returned to the individual
bidders. Bid Bonds will be returned only upon request of the unsuccessful bidder, but will be
released by the central purchasing office after Owner has sent the Notice of Award. The central
purchasing office shall retain the bid security of the two lowest responsive and responsible bidders
until the lower of the two bidders has delivered the required 100% performance and payment bond to
the central purchasing office.

6.3    EXECUTION AND APPROVAL OF CONTRACT

The Contract shall be signed by the Successful Bidder and returned, together with both the Contract
Bonds and Certificate of Insurance, within 15 calendar days after the date of the Notice of Award. If
the Contract is not executed by the Owner within 30 days following receipt from the Bidder of the
signed Contract with Bonds and Certificate, the Bidder shall have the right to withdraw his proposal
without penalty. No Contract shall be effective until it has been fully executed by all of the parties
thereto.

6.4    NOTICE TO PROCEED

The Owner will issue a written Notice to Proceed to the Contractor stipulating the date from which
Contract Time will be charged and the date Contract Time is to expire, subject to valid modifications
of the Contract authorized by Change Order.

6.5    FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT

Failure to return the signed Contract with acceptable Contract Bonds and Certificate of Insurance
within 15 calendar days after the date of the Notice of Award shall be just cause for the cancellation
of the award and the forfeiture of the Bid Security, which shall become the property of the Owner,
not as a penalty, but in liquidation of damages sustained. Award may then be made to the next
lowest responsible Bidder, or the Work may be readvertised and constructed under contract or
otherwise, as the Owner may decide.

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS                         Rev. 03-11-10                                00100-11
6.6    CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATIONS STATEMENT

Bidders to whom award of a contract is under consideration shall submit, upon request, information
and data to prove that their financial resources, production or service facilities, personnel, and
service reputation and experience are adequate to make satisfactory delivery of the services,
construction, or items of personal property described in the Bidding Documents (NMSA 1978,
Section 13-1-82). See Section 00400 as to form of Statement of Bidder's Qualifications.

7.0    OTHER INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

       The bid will be awarded on the base bid and the accepted alternates if any.

7.1    NEW MEXICO EMPLOYEES HEALTH INSURANCE

Pursuant to Executive Order 2007-049, as of January 1, 2008, if the bidder has, or grows to, six or
more employees who work, or who are expected to work, an average of at least 20 hours per week
over a six-month period during the term of the contract, the bidder must agree to:

                (a)    have in place, and agree to maintain for the term of the contract, health
insurance for those employees and offer that health insurance to those employees no later than July
1, 2008 if the expected annual value in the aggregate of any and all contracts between contractor and
the state exceed $1,000,000; or

                (b)    have in place, and agree to maintain for the term of the contract, health
insurance for those employees and offer that health insurance to those employees no later than July
1, 2009 if the expected annual value in the aggregate of any and all contracts between contractor and
the state exceed $500,000; or

                (c)    have in place, and agree to maintain for the term of the contract, health
insurance for those employees and offer that health insurance to those employees no later than July
1, 2010 if the expected annual value in the aggregate of any and all contracts between contractor and
the state exceed $250,000.

                “Expected annual value” means the amount of money that the successful Bidder can
reasonably expect to be paid through the provision of services or goods made pursuant to a contract
with the State of New Mexico. Such reasonable expectation shall be based upon, in order of
preference, 1) the face value of a contract if such value exists; 2) projections made by the state based
on historical data if such data exists; or 3) best estimates made by the state. In the case of a
projection or best estimate, the state’s projection or best estimate shall be final, binding and accepted
by the successful Bidder.

The successful Bidder must agree to maintain a record of the number of employees who have (a)
accepted health insurance; (b) declined health insurance due to other health insurance coverage
already in place; or (c) declined health insurance for other reasons. These records are subject to
review and audit by a representative of the state.




INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS                          Rev. 03-11-10                                 00100-12
The successful Bidder must agree to advise all employees of the availability of state publicly-
financed health care coverage programs by providing each employee with, as a minimum, the
following web site link to additional information: http://insurenewmexico.state.nm.us/.

For indefinite quantity, indefinite delivery contracts (price agreements without specific limitations
on quantity and providing for an indeterminate number of orders to be placed against it); these
requirements shall apply the first day of the second month after bidder reports combined sales (from
state and, if applicable, from local public bodies if from a state price agreement) of $250,000,
$500,000, or $1,000,000, depending on the dollar value threshold in effect at that time.

7.1    USE OF BRAND NAME SPECIFICATIONS

Please Note – Use of Brand Name Specifications: Use of any brand name herein is for the purpose
of describing the standard of quality, performance and characteristics desired and is not intended to
limit or restrict competition, except in case where the Architect/Engineer specifies “no substitutions”
within the specifications manual or in the plan set.




INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS                         Rev. 03-11-10                                00100-13
                                  BID FORM
                                  LUMP SUM PRICE

                               Equipment Sheds at
                          Elephant Butte Lake State Park


BIDDER:




INVITATION NUMBER:

      This Bid is submitted to:              On behalf of the Owner:

          State Purchasing Agent              EMNRD
          GSD Purchasing Division             State Parks Division
          Joseph M. Montoya Building          P.O. Box 1147
          1100 St. Francis Dr.                Santa Fe, NM 87505-1147
          Santa Fe, NM 87503                  505-476-3355

1.   The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into
     an agreement with the Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents to
     perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents
     for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in
     accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
2.   The Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and the
     Instruction to Bidders, including without limitation, those dealing with the
     disposition of bid security and other Bidding Documents. This Bid will remain
     subject to acceptance for 60 days after the bid opening. The Bidder shall sign and
     submit the Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter called
     Agreement) with the Bonds and other documents required by the Bidding
     Requirements within 15 days after the date of the Owner’s Notice to Award.
3.   In submitting this Bid, the Bidder represents, as more fully set forth in the
     Agreement, that:
     A.      The Bidder has examined copies of all Bidding documents and of the
             following Addenda (receipt of which is hereby acknowledged):
         No.           Date:                       No.          Date:
         No.           Date:                       No.          Date:
         No.           Date:                       No.          Date:

     B.      The Bidder has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the
             Bidding Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions, laws,



BID FORM                           Rev 07-29-10                                 00300-1
               rules, and regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress,
               performance, or furnishing of work.
        C.     The Bidder has carefully studied all reports and drawings of subsurface
               conditions which are identified in the Information Available to Bidders
               and accepts the determination set forth in the Information Available to
               Bidders of the extent of the technical data contained in such reports and
               drawings upon which the Bidder is entitled to rely.
        D.     The Bidder has correlated the results of all such observations,
               examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with
               the terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents.
        E.     The Bidder has given the Architect written notice of all conflicts, errors,
               and discrepancies that he has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and
               the written resolution thereof by the Architect is acceptable to the Bidder.
        F.     The Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any
               undisclosed person, firm, or corporation and is not submitted in
               conformity with any agreement of rules of any group, association,
               organization, or corporation; the Bidder has not directly or indirectly
               induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; the
               Bidder has not solicited or induced any person, firm, or corporation to
               refrain from bidding; and the Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain
               for himself any advantage over any other Bidder or over the Owner.
        G.     The Bidder acknowledges that he has attended any mandatory pre-bid
               conference scheduled by the Owner or the Architect pertaining to this
               project.
        H.     The Bidder agrees to show clearly on the envelope in which the Bid is
               submitted the Project Name as well as the State Purchasing Invitation to
               Bid Number.

4.      The Bidder will complete the work for the following price(s) (do not include any
        gross receipts tax in the Price(s)):

     BASE BID (words): __________________________________________________


     ___________________________________________________/ ($____________)




BID FORM                             Rev 07-29-10                                   00300-2
5.    The Bidder agrees that:
      A.      The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced not
              later than 10 consecutive calendar days after the date of the written Notice
              to Proceed, and that Substantial Completion shall be achieved not later
              than 180 days after the date of the written Notice to Proceed, except as
              hereafter extended by valid written Change Order by the Owner.
      B.      Should the Contractor neglect, refuse, or otherwise fail to complete the
              Work within the time specified, the Contractor agrees to pay the Owner in
              partial consideration for the award of this Contract the amount of $100.00
              per consecutive calendar day, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages
              for such a breach of Contract.
      C.      The above prices shall include all labor, materials, removal, overhead,
              equipment, profit, insurance, taxes (not including gross receipts tax), etc.
              to cover the finished work of the several kinds called for. Changes shall
              be processed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
      D.      It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids
              and to waive any irregularities in the bidding.
6.    The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid:
      A.      Bid Security with Agent’s Affidavit
      B.      Subcontractors Listing
7.    The terms used in this Bid and the Bidding and Contract Documents which are
      defined in the Conditions of the Construction Contract (General, Supplementary,
      and Other Conditions), included as a part of the Bidding Documents, have the
      meanings assigned to them in those Conditions.
8.    If the Bidder is:

      A.         An INDIVIDUAL:


           By:
                        (Individual’s Signature)

           doing business as:

           Business address:




           Telephone:


     SEAL




BID FORM                              Rev 07-29-10                                 00300-3
     B.          A PARTNERSHIP:


           By:
                        (Firm Name)



                        (General Partner’s Signature)

  SEAL


     C.          A CORPORATION:

           Corporation Name:

           State of Incorporation:


           By:                                                       Title:
                 (Name of Authorized Person to Sign)


           If a New Mexico Corporation:
                                                (NM Certification of Incorporation Number)


           If a Foreign Corporation:
                                           (NM Certificate of Authority Number)


           Attest (Secretary)


           Business Address:




           Telephone:

  SEAL




BID FORM                               Rev 07-29-10                                00300-4
       D.         A JOINT VENTURE



            By:
                          (Name)


            Address:




            Telephone:

            By:


            Address:




            Telephone:

            Each Joint Venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual,
            partnership, and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in a
            manner indicated in the appropriate category.
SEAL


BIDDER MUST FILL IN THE FOLLOWING (if none, write “none”)


NM License Number:

Classification:

Resident Contractor’s Preference Number:____________________________________

Department of Workforce Solutions Registration Number:




BID FORM                               Rev 07-29-10                                   00300-5
                  THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS




                                                    AlA Document A310
                                                                                                                             SAMPLE
                                                    Bid Bond
KNOW All MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we
                                                                              (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor)




as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and                               (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety)



a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of
as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
                                                                                  (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner)




as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of
                                                                                    Dollars ($                              ),
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for                  (Here insert full name, address and description of project)




NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee
in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents
with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material
furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or
bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said
bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said
bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.



Signed and sealed this                                               day of                                                                      19



                                                                                               (Principal)                                        (Seal)
                          (Witness)
                                                                                                   (Title)



                                                                                                  (Surety)                                        (Seal)

                          (Witness)
                                                                                                   (Title)




AlA DOCUMENT A310 BID BOND. AlA @. FEBRUARY 1970 ED THE AMERICAN .
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006                                                                                1
                                                             9/93
SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS                                                                                                                         00400-1
INSTRUCTION SHEET
              DOCUMENT A31O, BID BOND-1970 EDITION


A.     GENERAL INFORMATION


       1. Purpose
           AlA Document A310 establishes the maximum penal amount that may be due the Owner if the Bidder fails to execute the con-
           tract and to provide the required performance and payment bonds, if any. It provides assurance that, if a bidder is offered a contract
           based on its tendered proposal but fails to enter into the contract, then the Owner will be paid the difference cost to award the contract to
           the next qualified bidder, so long as the difference does not exceed the maximum pen a! amount of the bond.


       2. Related Documents
           The A310 is not incorporated by reference into other AlA documents. For further reference on bonding procedures, see
           Construction Bonds and Insurance Guide, 2nd Edition, by Bernard B. Rothschild, FAlA, published by the AlA See also AlA
           Document A501, Recommended Guide for Competitive Bidding Procedures; AIA Document 701, Instructions to Bidders; AlA
           Document A771, Instructions to Interiors Bidders; and AIA\ Document G612, Owner's Instructions Regarding Construction
           Contract, Insurance and Bonds, and Bidding Procedures.

       3. Use of Non-AlA Forms

           AlA Document A310 may be used with any appropriate AlA. or non:AIA document. CAUTION SHOULD BE EXERCISED BEFORE
           ITS USE TO V'ERIFY ITS COMPLLIANCE WITH CURRENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS BY CONSULTING WITH AN ATTORNEY OR A
           BOND SPECIALIST.
B.     COMPLETING THE A310 FORM

       1. Modifications
           Users are encouraged to consult with an attorney or a bond specialist before completing the MlO, particularly effect
           of federal, state, and local laws on the terms of this document.

       2. Identification of the Parties
           The Contractor, the Surety, and the Owner should be identified using their respective full names and addresses or legal titles
           under which the bond is to be executed. The state in which the Surety is incorporated also should be identified in the space
           provided.

       3. Bond Amount
           The dollar amount of the bond should be provided in both written and numerical form.

       4. Project Description
           The proposed project should be described in sufficient detail to identify (1) of the official name or title of the facility (2) the loca-
           tion of the site, and (3) the proposed building type, size, scope, or usage.
C.     EXECUTION OF THE BOND
       The bond must be signed by both the Contractor and the Surety. The parties executing (signing) the bond should prim their
       and impress their corporate seal, if any. Where appropriate, attach a copy of the resolution or bylaw authorizing the individual to
       act on behalf of the firm or entity. As to the Surety, this usually takes the form of a power of attorney issued by the Surety company
       to the bond producer (agent) who signs on its behalf




                                                                                   1/96


     SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS                                                                                                             00400-2
!NSTlUJCTION SHEET FOR AlA DOCUMENT A310              .   1970 EDITION' AlA @ . THE AMERICAN
INSTrmTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W, W:'\SHINGTON, D.c. 20006.5292                                                           A310-H170
                                                                              THIS FORM MUST BE
                                                                              USED BY SURETY


                           AGENT’S AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF                                      )
                                              ) ss.
COUNTY OF                                     )

                                          being first duly sworn deposes and says:


That he is the duly appointed agent for



and licensed in the State of New Mexico.

      Deponent further states that a certain bond given to indemnify the State of New
Mexico in connection with the construction of

                                                             dated                   day of

                                 , 20        executed by

contractor as principal and
as surety, signed by this deponent; and deponent further states that said bond was written, signed
and delivered by him; that the premium on the same has been or will be collected by him; and
that the full commission thereon has been or will be retained by him.


Subscribed and sworn to before me, a notary public in and for the County of

                                             , this              day of

20      .


My Commission Expires:

Agent’s Address:




Telephone:




SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORM                     07-29-10                                      00400-5
                  SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING REQUIREMENTS
This form was developed in conjunction with the New Mexico Branch Association of General Contractors, to help
clarify requirements under the “Sub-Contractors Fair Practices Act” of 1988, NMSA 1978, Sections 13-4-31 to 13-
4-42, and subsequent changes thereto. Architects, state agencies and local public bodies are encouraged to use it
when soliciting Public Works Projects, as that term is defined in the Procurement Code, NMSA 1978, Sections 13-
1-66.1 and 13-1-91.

Date: _________________________________                          Bid No.: __________________________________

Project Name: ________________________________________________________________________________

Contractor: ___________________________________________________________________________________

Authorized Signature: __________________________________________________________________________

In accordance with the “Subcontractor Fair Practices Act”, the following listing is required to be submitted with this
bid:

         1)       Name of each subcontractor who will be performing work or rendering service on the public
                  works project and whose total contract will be the greater of:

                  A.       $5,000.00; or
                  B.       $ ___________ which represents one/half of one percent of the total project (to be
                           estimated by the architect and/or engineer of record).

         2)       Location of place of business (city and state).

         3)       Type of work and/or service to be performed by the subcontractor.

Note: The Statute Does Not Require The Following Listings:

                              (1)      2nd tier subcontractors;
                              (2)      Material, suppliers;
                              (3)      Subcontractors whose contract is less than the greater of A or B above.

Be advised, the Architect Engineer may require additional information

Per the provisions of NMSA 1978, Section 13-4-13.1, all bids greater than $50,000 shall be accompanied by the
Bidder’s proof of registration with the New Mexico Department of Workforce Solutions. Additionally, in instances
where Subcontractor’s work is in excess of $50,000, proof of the Subcontractor’s registration with New Mexico
Department of Workforce Solutions shall also be included in the bid. Pursuant to NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-148.1, a
subcontractor shall provide performance and payment bonds if the subcontractor’s contract (to the Contractor) for work
to be performed is $125,000 or more. Failure of a subcontractor to provide the required bonds shall not subject owner
to any increase in cost due to approved substitution of subcontractor.

By signing this document, the contractor and/or subcontractor agrees that any and all claims which the firm may
have or may inure to it for overcharges resulting from antitrust violations as to goods, services, and materials
purchased in connection with the above referenced project are hereby assigned to the State of New Mexico, but only
to the extent that such overcharges are passed on to the State. It is agreed that the firm retains all rights to any such
antitrust claims to the extent of any overcharges not passed on to the State, including the right to any treble damages
attributable thereto.


SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORM                                      Rev07-29-10                                   00400-3
List of Subcontractors : (Please do not include suppliers)

Name and Address                License No.       Telephone   Work to be Performed




SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORM                         Rev07-29-10             00400-4
                                                               ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                   EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                   SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                          Contractor Name

                             STATE OF NEW MEXICO
                        ENERGY MINERALS AND NATURAL
                           RESOURCES DEPARTMENT
                            (STATE PARKS DIVISION)
                       CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT

                                                      Distribution to:

                                                      ____   Owner
                                                      ____   Contractor
                                                      ____   Arch/Eng
                                                      ____   State Purchasing

This Agreement is entered into as of the date set forth below that it is signed by the
Cabinet Secretary or Designee of the State of New Mexico, Energy, Minerals and Natural
Resources Department (Owner) and is by and between the parties as follows:

THE OWNER:                                     THE CONTRACTOR:
State of New Mexico
Energy, Minerals and Natural                   .
Resources Department
State Parks Division
P. O. Box 1147
Santa Fe, New Mexico 87505-1147
Telephone: 1-888-NMPARKS
Fax:        505-476-3361

For the following Project:

(INSERT PROJECT DESCRIPTION)

Architect/Engineer of Record:

       (INSERT CONTACT INFORMATION)




CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT            EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                   00500-1
                                                               ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                   EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                   SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                          Contractor Name

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the New Mexico Legislature has funded the [INSERT PARK NAME AND
PROJECT NAME] (Project) through the collection of Governmental Gross Receipts
Taxes pursuant to the [INSERT STATUTORY CITE], and any residual amount related
to this Project shall be paid for by other capital project appropriations made by the
Legislature to the State of New Mexico, Energy, Minerals and Natural Resources
Department, State Parks Division (Owner); and

WHEREAS, the Owner, through its Cabinet Secretary, is authorized to enter into a
construction contract for the Project pursuant to NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-100; and

WHEREAS, the Owner has let this contract according to the established General Services
Department, State Purchasing Division procedures for contracts of the type and amount
let; and

The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree as set forth below.

ARTICLE 1: THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

The following documents form the Contract Documents and all are incorporated herein in
their entirety by reference:

Invitation to Bid                              - Certificate of Substantial Completion
- Instructions to Bidders                      - Certificate of Final Completion
- Bid Form                                     - Closing Documents for Final Payment
- This Agreement                               - Conditions of the Contract (General,
- Performance Bond                                      Supplementary, and Other
- Labor and Material Payment Bond                       Conditions, i.e. Department of
                                                        Workforce Solutions
- Agent's Affidavit                                     Wage Information)
- Certificate of Insurance                     - All Change Orders or Modifications
- Assignment of Antitrust Claims                        Issued after Execution of This
- Notice of Award                                       Agreement
- Notice to Proceed                            - Technical Specifications

- Drawings, dated _____________, and described as follows:

(INSERT DRAWING NAMES AND NUMBERS)


-   Addenda, dated _____________:




CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT            EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                  00500-2
                                                                  ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                      EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                      SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                             Contractor Name

    (INSERT ADDENDA NAMES AND NUMBERS; ADD ADDITIONAL DATES IF
NECESSARY)

ARTICLE 2: THE WORK.

Contractor shall perform all the Work defined by the Contract Documents for the following:

(INSERT DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT WORK) [Don’t forget to include additive
alternative(s) if applicable.]

ARTICLE 3: TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.

Contractor shall commence the Work under this Agreement not later than 10 consecutive
calendar days after Owner issues written Notice to Proceed and shall achieve Substantial
Completion not later than (insert number) calendar days after the date of written Notice to
Proceed, except as Owner hereafter extends by approved written Change Order.

Should Contractor fail to complete the Work within the time specified in this article,
Contractor agrees, in partial consideration for the award of this Agreement, to pay to the
Owner the amount of $200.00 per consecutive calendar day that the Work remains
substantially uncompleted commencing on the day after the day specified for substantial
completion and ending on the day of substantial completion of the Work, not as a penalty,
but as liquidated damages for such breach of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 4: TERMINATION.

Owner may, by written order, terminate this Agreement or any portion thereof for any
reason at is sole discretion.

Such reasons for termination may include, but need not be limited to, executive orders
of the President relating to prosecution of war or national defense, a national
emergency that creates a serious shortage of materials, orders from duly constituted
authorities relating to energy conservation, or restraining orders or injunctions obtained
by third-party citizen action resulting from national, state, or local environmental
protection laws or where the issuance of such order or injunction is primarily caused by
acts or omissions of persons or agencies other than Contractor.

If Owner orders termination of this Agreement effective on a certain date, it shall make
payment for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract unit
price, or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed.

Acceptable materials, obtained by Contractor for the work but that have not been
incorporated therein, may, at Owner’s option, be purchased from Contractor at actual


CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT              EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                   00500-3
                                                                   ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                       EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                       SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                               Contractor Name

cost, delivered to a prescribed location, or otherwise disposed of as mutually agreed.

After receipt of notice of termination from Owner pursuant to this Section, Contractor
may submit a claim for costs not covered above. In no event, however, will loss of
anticipated profits be considered as part of any settlement.

Contractor agrees to make all cost records available to the extent necessary to
determine the validity and amount of each item claimed.

Termination of a contract or portion thereof shall not relieve Contractor of any
contractual responsibilities for the work completed, nor shall it relieve the surety of its
obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed.

Owner may, by written order, terminate this Agreement or any portion thereof for any
reason at its sole discretion, including, but not limited to Contractor’s:


              1.     failure to begin the work under the contract within the time specified
                     in the Notice to Proceed; or

              2.     failure to perform the work with sufficient skilled workers and
                     equipment or with sufficient proper materials to assure the prompt
                     completion of said work; or

              3.     failure to comply with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders
                     of public authority having jurisdiction; or

              4.     performance of the work unsuitably or neglecting or refusing to
                     remove materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected
                     as unacceptable and unsuitable; or

              5.     discontinuance of the prosecution of the work; or

              6.     failure to resume work that has been discontinued within a
                     reasonable time after notice to do so; or

              7.     becoming insolvent or being declared bankrupt or committing any
                     acts of bankruptcy or insolvency; or

              8.     allowing a final judgment, in a suit filed in connection with this
                     contract, to stand against Contractor unsatisfied for a period of 30
                     working days; or




CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT               EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                    00500-4
                                                                    ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                        EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                        SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                                 Contractor Name

              9.      making an assignment, in connection with this contract, for the
                      benefit of creditors; or

              10.     failure to carry on the work in an acceptable manner; or

              11.     otherwise committing a substantial breach of the contract.

In order to terminate this Agreement, Owner shall give notice in writing to Contractor
and the surety or default, and shall specify those provisions which have been violated
and the corrective measures to be taken. If Contractor or surety, within a period of
seven working days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then
Owner shall, upon written notification from Owner of the fact of such delay, neglect, or
default, and of Contractor’s failure to comply with such notice, have full power and
authority without violating this Contract to take possession of the premises and of all
materials thereon and finish the work by whatever method it may deem expedient.

ARTICLE 5: CONTRACT SUM.

Subject to additions or deductions pursuant to change orders, the Total Contract Sum of
this Agreement is XXXX ($XXXX), which includes the amount of the accepted bid plus
all applicable taxes including New Mexico Gross Receipts Tax.

The New Mexico Gross Receipts Tax levied on the amounts payable under this
Agreement shall be paid by Contractor out of the sum set forth in the Total Contract
Sum.

The Total Contract Sum is determined as follows:

             [If applicable, list the additive alternatives – number, brief (two- or three-
words) description and amount before the contract sum.]

              Contract Sum                                 $ xxxx

              Gross Receipts Tax @ x%                      $ xxxx

              Other Taxes (if Applicable)                  $ xxxx

              Total Contract Sum                           $ xxxx

ARTICLE 6: PROGRESS PAYMENTS.

Owner shall have 15 days from the date it receives written notice from Contractor
requesting payment to certify that work completed or services for which payment is


CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT                EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                     00500-5
                                                                 ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                     EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                     SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                            Contractor Name

requested are accepted or rejected. If certified as accepted, Owner shall then make
payment to Contractor within 21 days of Owner’s certification of acceptance. Owner
may make payment to Contractor by first class mailing, electronic funds transfer or by
hand-delivery of the undisputed amount of a pay request based on work completed. If
payment is made by mail, the payment shall be deemed tendered on the date it is
postmarked. If Owner fails to pay Contractor within 21 days, the Owner shall pay
interest to Contractor on the 22nd day after the payment was due, computed at 1.5
percent of the undisputed amount per month or fraction of a month until the payment is
issued. If Owner finds the work completed or services are not acceptable, or if Owner
receives an improperly completed request for payment, Owner shall, within seven days
of receiving the request for payment, notify Contractor why the work completed or
services are not acceptable or why request for payment is incomplete and Owner has
no further duty to pay on the improperly completed invoice until Contractor submits it as
complete. In the event work completed or services are rejected, Contractor shall
promptly remedy all defects to Owner’s satisfaction and resubmit its request for
payment. Owner shall have no obligation to make payment until Contractor submits a
properly completed request for payment.

Contractor shall comply with the Prompt Payment Act, NMSA 1978, Section 57-28-5(C),
in making prompt payments to its subcontractors and suppliers for amounts owed for
work performed relating to this Contract within seven days of receipt of payment from
Owner.

ARTICLE 7: INSURANCE.

The terms of Article 11 of American Institute of Architects (AIA) Document A201, 2007
Edition apply and Contractor shall obtain and maintain at all times during the term of this
Agreement, and any extension thereof, insurance of the kind and in the amounts
specified therein. However, the General Liability insurance shall be provided by
insurance companies authorized to do business in New Mexico and shall provide
coverage to the “State of New Mexico, EMNRD, State Parks Division, and its agents
and employees thereof” as either additional insured, co-insured, or principal or third-
party beneficiary.

Contractor shall furnish Owner with certificates of insurance and such other proof of
insurance as Owner may require, prior to commencing work under the Contract, and
shall not commence any work under this Contract until the required insurance coverage
is obtained. Contractor shall not change, cancel, or allow insurance coverage to lapse
without giving Owner 30 working days prior written notice.

ARTICLE 8: NEW MEXICO EMPLOYEES HEALTH COVERAGE.

              A.     If Contractor has, or grows to, six or more employees who work, or


CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT             EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                   00500-6
                                                                 ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                     EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                     SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                            Contractor Name

who are expected to work, an average of at least 20 hours per week over a six-month
period during the term of the contract, Contractor certifies, by signing this Agreement,
to have in place, and agree to maintain for the term of the contract, health insurance for
those employees and offer that health insurance to those employees no later than July
1, 2010 if the expected annual value in the aggregate of any and all contracts between
Contractor and the state exceed $250,000.

             B.     Contractor agrees to maintain a record of the number of employees
who have:
             1)     accepted health insurance;

              2)     declined health insurance due to other health insurance coverage
already in place; or

             3)     declined health insurance for other reasons.

             These records are subject to review and audit by a representative of the
state.

              C.    Contractor agrees to advise all employees of the availability of state
publicly-financed health care coverage programs by providing each employee with, as a
minimum, the following web site link to additional information:
http://insurenewmexico.state.nm.us/.

ARTICLE 9: BONDS REQUIRED FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT.

This Agreement is within the scope of NMSA 1978, Sections 13-4-18 through 13-4-20.
BEFORE BEGINNING ANY WORK UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, Contractor shall
furnish a performance bond and a payment bond both executed by Contractor and
issued by a surety authorized to do business in the State of New Mexico in an amount
equal to 100% of the Total Contract Sum. Total Contract Sum equals the accepted bid
total plus all applicable taxes including New Mexico Gross Receipts Tax. A letter of
credit is not acceptable.

The performance bond shall be conditioned upon Contractor’s performance and faithful
completion of this Agreement according to the terms, in compliance with all
requirements of law. The payment bond shall guarantee payments of all just claims for
the labor performed and for materials and supplies furnished, whether the labor and
supplies are furnished to the prime Contractor or any subcontractors. These bonds
shall be in the form created by AIA and used by Owner. The surety shall be subject to
Owner’s approval. Contractor shall accept Owner’s decision as final and binding.




CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT             EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                   00500-7
                                                                 ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                     EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                     SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                            Contractor Name

Pursuant to NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-148.1, Contractor shall obtain a performance
and payment bond from any subcontractor to this Agreement whose work exceeds
$125,000 or more in value, whether initially, or through Change Orders, and shall
provide proof thereof to Owner.

ARTICLE 10: FINAL PAYMENT.

Owner shall pay any amounts remaining due Contractor under the terms of this
Contract 21 days after certification of completion, upon presentation of the following:
notification by the Architect/Engineer that all incomplete and unacceptable work that was
noted during the Substantial Completion Inspection has been corrected; and a final
Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Owner. In addition, Contractor shall
provide to the Owner an affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims (AIA Document G706 or
approved form) and affidavit of Release of Liens (AIA Document G706A or approved form)
and Consent of Surety.

ARTICLE 11: EMPLOYEE PAY EQUITY REPORTING.

                A.    Contractor agrees if it has 10 or more employees OR eight or more
employees in the same job classification, at any time during the term of this Agreement,
to complete and submit the required reporting form (PE10-249 or PE250, depending on
Contractor’s size at the time) either within 30 calendar days of Agreement award (if the
Agreement did not result from a solicitation) or on the annual anniversary of the initial
report submittal for contracts up to one year in duration (if the Agreement did result from
a solicitation).

                B.     For contracts that extend beyond one calendar year, or are
extended beyond one calendar year, Contractor also agrees to complete and submit the
required form annually within 30 calendar days of the annual contract anniversary date
of the initial submittal date and, if more than 180 calendar days has elapsed since
submittal of the last report, at the completion of the contract.

             C.      Should Contractor not meet the size requirement for reporting at
contract award but subsequently grows such that Contractor meets or exceed the size
requirement for reporting, Contractor agrees to provide the required report within 90
calendar days of meeting or exceeding the size requirement. That submittal date shall
serve as the basis for submittals required thereafter.

              D.     Contractor also agrees to levy these reporting requirements on any
subcontractor(s) performing more than 10% of the dollar value of this contract if said
subcontractor(s) meets, or grows to meet, the stated employee size thresholds during
the term of the contract. Contractor further agrees that, should one or more
subcontractor not meet the size requirement for reporting at contract award but


CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT              EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                  00500-8
                                                                 ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                     EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                     SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                            Contractor Name

subsequently grows such that they meet or exceed the size requirement for reporting,
contractor will submit the required report, for each such subcontractor, within 90
calendar days of that subcontractor meeting or exceeding the size requirement.
Subsequent report submittals, on behalf of each such subcontractor, shall be due on the
annual anniversary of the initial report submittal. Contractor shall submit the required
form(s) to the State Purchasing Division of the General Services Department, and other
departments as may be determined, on behalf of the applicable subcontractor(s) in
accordance with the schedule contained in this paragraph. Contractor acknowledges
that this subcontractor requirement applies even though Contractor itself may not meet
the size requirement for reporting and be required to report itself.

              E.    Contractor shall not be required to report more frequently than
annually unless more than 180 calendar days has elapsed since submittal of the last
report and the contract has reached completion. The requirement for reporting at
contract completion shall not apply in the case of a one-time fulfillment of a purchase
order.

ARTICLE 12.         ADDITIONAL PAY EQUITY REPORTING INFORMATION.

               A.     For the purposes of complying with Article 11, Pay Equity Reporting
Information:

               1.       “Job Classification” means an arrangement of tasks in an
establishment or industry into a limited series of jobs or occupations, rated in terms of
skill, responsibility, experience, training, and similar considerations, usually for wage
setting purposes. This term, or job class, refers to a single cluster of jobs of
approximately equal “worth.”

              2.    “New Mexico Employee” (also “Employee”) means a person
working within the State of New Mexico at a New Mexico facility, regardless where the
employee legally resides, and regardless of the origin of compensation checks.

              3.    “PE10-249 form” means the reporting form to be used by
contractors that meet or exceed the minimum size thresholds for reporting but have less
than 250 New Mexico employees.

             4.    “PE250 form” means the reporting form to be used by contractors
that have 250 or more New Mexico employees.

               5.     “Solicitation” means an Invitation to Bid or a Request for Proposals.

             B.      Report Submittal: Until further notice, Contractor shall submit the
required form(s) to the State Purchasing Division of the General Services Department,


CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT              EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                  00500-9
                                                                 ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                     EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                     SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                            Contractor Name

and other departments as may be determined. The mailing address is: PO Box 6850,
Santa Fe, NM, 87502-6850.

              C.    Contractor shall not be required to report more frequently than
annually unless more than 180 calendar days has elapsed since submittal of the last
report and the contract has reached completion. The requirement for reporting at
contract completion shall not apply in the case of a one-time fulfillment of a purchase
order.

              F.     Exception to the Pay Equity Reporting Requirement: Contractors
with fewer than 10 employees are exempt, unless they have at least eight employees in
the same job classification.

ARTICLE 13: GENERAL AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

13.1 Date Agreement Effective. This Agreement shall not become effective until: (1)
execution by an authorized representative of Contractor; and (2) encumbering of funds
for the Agreement by the Department of Finance and Administration (DFA) of the State
of New Mexico.

13.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement represents the entire Contract between the
parties and, except as otherwise provided herein, may not be amended, changed,
modified, or altered without the written consent of the parties hereto. This Agreement
incorporates all of the conditions, agreements, and understandings between the parties
concerning the subject matter of this Agreement, and all such conditions,
understandings, and agreements have been merged into this written Agreement. No
prior condition, agreement, or understanding, verbal or otherwise, of the parties or their
agents shall be valid or enforceable unless embodied in this written Agreement. This
Agreement shall not be changed or amended except by written instrument executed by
the parties hereto.

13.3 Certificates and Documents Incorporated. All certificates and documentation
required by the provisions of this Agreement shall be attached to this Agreement at the
time of execution and are hereby incorporated by reference as though set forth in full in
this Agreement to the extent they are consistent with its conditions and terms.

13.4 Contract Documents Interrelated. The Contract Documents are complementary,
and any requirement of one contract document shall be as binding as if required by all.

13.5 Execution of Counterparts. This Agreement shall be executed in no less than four
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

13.6   No Implied Waiver. No provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to have


CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT             EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                   00500-10
                                                                    ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                        EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                        SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                                 Contractor Name

been waived by either party unless such waiver be in writing signed by the party making
the waiver and addressed to the other party; nor shall any custom or practice that may
evolve between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof be construed to
waive or lessen the right of either party to insist upon performance by the other party in
strict accordance with the terms hereof. Further, the waiver by any party of a breach by
the other party of any term, covenant, or condition hereof shall not operate as a waiver
of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant, or condition thereof.

13.7 “Agreement” and “Contract” Interchangeable. For purposes of all provisions
within this Agreement and all attachments hereto, the terms "Agreement" and "Contract"
shall have the same meaning and shall be interchangeable.

13.8 Meaning of Terms, Words, Phrases, and Abbreviations. Terms used in this
Agreement that are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings
designated in those Conditions. Words, phrases, and abbreviations that are not
otherwise defined, that have well-known technical or trade meanings used in the
Contract Documents shall be used according to such recognized meanings. In the
event of a conflict, the more stringent meaning shall govern.

13.9     Governing Law. The laws of the State of New Mexico shall govern this
Agreement, without giving effect to its choice of law provisions. Venue shall be proper
only in a New Mexico court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with NMSA 1978,
Section 38-3-1(G). By execution of this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges and
agrees to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New Mexico over any and all
lawsuits arising under or out of any term of this Agreement.

13.10 Statute of Limitations. As to all acts or failures to act by any party to this
Agreement, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged
cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the
relevant Date of Substantial Completion of the Work; and as to any acts or failures to act
occurring after the relevant Date of Substantial Completion, not later than the date of the
Owner's approval of the Final Certificate of Payment.

13.11 Indemnification of Owner. Contractor shall hold harmless and indemnify the
Owner against any and all injury, loss, or damage, or cost of defense, including but not
limited to court costs and attorneys' fees, arising out of the acts, errors, or omissions of
Contractor.

13.12 Status and Authority of Contractor. Contractor and its agents and employees are
independent contractors and are not employees of the State of New Mexico. Contractor
and his agents and employees shall not accrue leave, retirement, insurance, bonding, use
of state vehicles, or any other benefits afforded to employees of the State of New Mexico
as a result of this Agreement. Contractor agrees not to purport to bind the State of New


CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT                EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                     00500-11
                                                                    ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                        EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                        SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                                Contractor Name

Mexico to any obligation not assumed herein by the State of New Mexico unless
Contractor has express written authority to do so, and then only within the strict limits of
that authority.

13.13 Release of Owner Upon Final Payment. Contractor, upon final payment of the
amounts due under this Agreement, releases the Owner, his or her officers, and
employees and the State of New Mexico from its liabilities and obligations arising from or
under this Agreement, including but not limited to all damages, losses, costs, liability and
expenses, and attorneys' fees and costs of litigation, that Contractor may incur.

13.14 Notices. All notices herein provided to be given, or which may be given, by
either party to the other shall be deemed to have been fully given when made in writing,
and sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, to the addresses set forth above.
NOTE: Any notice regarding the termination of work shall be sent by certified mail.
Nothing herein shall preclude the giving of any written notice by personal service,
provided however, that the party giving notice by personal service shall obtain a written
receipt evidencing delivery of such notice. The address to which notices shall be mailed
to either party may be changed by written notice given by such party to the other as
herein provided.

13.15 Gender, Singular/Plural. Words of any gender used in this Agreement shall be
held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall
be held to include the plural, unless the context requires otherwise.

13.16 Captions and Section Headings. The captions and section headings contained
in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and in no way limit, define, or
enlarge the terms, scope, and conditions of this Agreement.

13.17 Severability. If any clause or provision of this Agreement is illegal, invalid, or
unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement,
then and in that event it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this
Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and such clause or provision shall be reformed
consistent with the intent of this Agreement, and only to the limited extent necessary to
render such provision valid and enforceable. If the clause or provision cannot be
reformed to render it valid and enforceable, the Agreement shall be deemed not to
include that clause or provision and the remainder of the Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect.

13.18 Violations of Criminal Laws or Procurement Code. Pursuant to NMSA 1978,
Section 13-1-191, reference is hereby made to the criminal laws of New Mexico (including
NMSA 1978, Sections 30-14-1, 30-24-2, and 30-41-1 through 30-41-3) which prohibit
bribes, kickbacks, and gratuities, violation of which constitutes a felony. Further, the
Procurement Code (NMSA 1978, Sections 13-1-28 through 13-1-199) imposes civil and


CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT                EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                    00500-12
                                                                 ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                     EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                     SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                            Contractor Name

criminal penalties for its violation.

13.19 Workers Compensation Coverage. Contractor agrees to comply with state
statutes and rules pertaining to workers compensation insurance coverage for its
employees. If Contractor fails to comply with the Workers Compensation Act and
applicable rules when required to do so, the Agreement may be cancelled effective
immediately. Contractor shall provide Owner with proof of coverage evidencing compliance
with this Section within a reasonable time of execution of this Agreement. Contractor shall
not commence any work under this agreement until the required insurance coverage is
obtained. Contractor shall notify Owner 10 days before cancellation or expiration of any
required Workers' Compensation coverage.

13.20 Maintenance of Records; Inspection. Contractor shall maintain detailed time
and expenditure records that indicate the date, time, nature, and cost of services
rendered during the Agreement’s term and effect and retain them until June 30, 2014.
These records shall be maintained and available within the State of New Mexico if the
Contractor has an office within the state; otherwise, Contractor shall make such records
available to EMNRD within 30 days upon EMNRD’s request. The records shall be
subject to inspection by EMNRD, DFA, and the State Auditor. Contractor further agrees
to include in all subcontracts hereunder the same right of inspection and audit against
all subcontractors. EMNRD shall have the right to audit billings both before and after
payment. Payment under this Agreement shall not foreclose EMNRD’s right to recover
excessive or illegal payments. The periods of inspection and audit may be extended for
records, which relate to litigation or settlement of claims arising out of performance of
this Agreement and shall continue until all potential litigation, appeals, claims, or
exceptions have expired or been resolved.

13.21 Compliance with Applicable Law. Contractor shall comply with all applicable
federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances in performing the Work under this
Agreement. If Contractor fails to comply with the provisions of this paragraph, the Owner
may terminate this Agreement by giving notice in the manner provided herein.

13.22 Compliance with Wage Laws. If the Work to be performed under this Agreement
is subject to the provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. Section 3142), or to the
Public Works Minimum Wage Act, NMSA 1978, Section 13-4-11, Contractor shall comply
with such act and applicable state rules or federal regulations. Each Application for
Payment submitted to the Owner shall include a certification by Contractor that it has
complied with the provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act or NMSA 1978, Section 13-4-11 and
applicable state or federal regulations when making wage payments for work performed
pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor’s records shall be subject to inspection by state and
federal agencies that have jurisdiction over such matters to determine compliance with the
provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act or NMSA 1978, Section 13-4-11, as provided above or
by an applicable federal or state law. If Contractor fails to comply with the provisions of


CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT              EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                   00500-13
                                                                  ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                      EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                      SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                             Contractor Name

this paragraph, the Owner may terminate this Agreement by giving notice in the manner
provided herein.

13.23 Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising between the parties shall be
settled by binding arbitration pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association and judgment on the award rendered by the
arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

13.24 Appropriations. The terms of this Agreement are contingent upon sufficient
appropriation and authorization being granted by the New Mexico State Legislature. If
sufficient appropriation or authorization is not granted, EMNRD may terminate this
Agreement, or in the alternative suspend performance pending approval of sufficient
appropriation or authorization, upon written notice from EMNRD to Contractor. EMNRD’s
decision as to whether sufficient appropriations are available shall be final, binding, and
accepted by Contractor.

13.25 Equal Opportunity Compliance. Contractor agrees to abide by all federal and
state laws and rules and regulations, and executive orders of the Governor of the State
of New Mexico, pertaining to equal employment opportunity. In accordance with all
such laws of the State of New Mexico, Contractor assures that no person in the United
States shall, on the grounds of race, religion, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, age,
physical or mental handicap, or serious medical condition, spousal affiliation, sexual
orientation, or gender identity, be excluded from employment with or participation in, be
denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination under any program or
activity performed under this Agreement. If Contractor is found not to be in compliance
with these requirements during the life of this Agreement, Contractor agrees to take
appropriate steps to correct these deficiencies.

13.26 Authority. If Contractor is other than a natural person, the individual(s) signing
this Agreement on behalf of Contractor represent and warrant that he or she has the
power and authority to bind Contractor, and that no further action, resolution or approval
from Contractor is necessary to enter into a binding contract.

13.27 Suspension of Work. A Suspension of Work Notice may be issued by the
Architect or Engineer of Record if any reasonable basis exists to believe that any action
of Contractor is contrary to the intent of this Agreement or if any health or safety
standard is violated after verbal or written notice to cease such activities has gone
unheeded. No work performed after documentation of issuance of a Suspension of
Work Notice shall be eligible for payment while such notice is in effect. No work shall
proceed until such notice is vacated by Owner.




CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT              EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                   00500-14
                                                            ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                        Contractor Name

OWNER:          STATE OF NEW MEXICO
                ENERGY, MINERALS AND
                NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT



                By:
                Cabinet Secretary or Designee


                Date:


CONTRACTOR:     (INSERT CONTRACTOR NAME)



                By:



                Title:                                          Date:


                Federal Tax Identification Number:




CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT        EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                    00500-15
                                                               ITB Number xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                                   EMNRD Contract No. XX-521-XXXX-XXXX
                                                   SHARE No. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

                                                                          Contractor Name


The records of the Taxation and Revenue Department reflect that Contractor is registered
with the Taxation and Revenue Department of the State of New Mexico to pay gross
receipts and compensating taxes.


                                 STATE OF NEW MEXICO
                                 TAXATION AND REVENUE
                                 DEPARTMENT


                                 I.D. No.:
                                        (must be 11 digits long)



                                 By:



                                 Date:




CONSTRUCTION SERVICES CONTRACT            EMNRD Rev. 11-03-10                  00500-16
                      THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS



                                                                                                             Sample

                                                       AlA Document A312



                                       Performance Bond
   Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.


CONTRACTOR (Name and Address):                                       SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business):




OWNER (Name and Address):




CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date:
 Amount:
 Description (Name and Location):


BOND
 Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date):
 Amount:
 Modifications to this Bond:                                           None                                             See Page 3

CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL                                                SURETY
Company:                                    (Corporate Seal)           Company:                                      (Corporate Seal)


Signature: Name                                                        Signature: Name
and Title:                                                             and Title:

(Any additional signatures appear on page 3)

(FOR INFORMATION ONL Y-Name, Address and Telephone)
AGENT or BROKER:                                                     OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or
                                                                     other party):




AlA DOCUMENT A312     . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND' DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA @
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006                                   A312-1984 1
THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987

    BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES                                                                                           00600-1
1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind                          which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as
themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and                    practicable after the amount is determined, tender
assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction                          payment therefor to the Owner; or
Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference.
2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety               .2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the
and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond,                         Owner citing reasons therefor.
except to participate in conferences as provided in Subparagraph
3.1.                                                                    5 If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 4 with
                                                                        reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default
3 If there is no Owner Default, the Surety's obligation under this      on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an additional written
Bond shall arise after:                                                 notice from the Owner to the Su rety demanding that the Surety
                                                                        perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be
   3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the Surety at its      entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the
   address described in Paragraph 10 below that the Owner is            Surety proceeds as provided in Subparagraph 4.4, and the Owner
   considering declaring a Contractor Default and has requested         refuses the payment tendered or the Surety has denied liability, in
   and attempted to arrange a conference with the Contractor and        whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be entitled
   the Surety to be held not later than fifteen days after receipt of   to enforce any remedy available to the Owner.
   such notice to discuss methods of performing the Construction
   Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the Surety agree,         6 After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right to
   the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform         complete the Construction Contract, and if the Surety elects to act
   the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not           under Subparagraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above, then the responsibilities
   waive the Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a           of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the
   Contractor Default; and                                              Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the
                                                                        responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than
   3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally         those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. To the limit
   terminated the Contractor's right to complete the contract. Such     of the amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by the
   Contractor Default shall not be declared earlier than twenty         Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs
   days after the Contractor and the Surety have received notice        and damages on the Construction Contract, the Surety is obligated
   as provided in Subparagraph 3.1; and                                 without duplication for:
   3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract              6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of
   Price to the Surety in accordance with the terms of the                  defective work and completion of the Construction Contract;
   Construction Contract or to a contractor selected to perform the
   Construction Contract in accordance with the terms of the
   contract with the Owner.

                                                                            6.2 Additional legal, design professional and delay costs
                                                                            resulting from the Contractor's Default, and resulting from the
                                                                            actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 4; and
4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Para. graph 3,
the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take one of           6.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are
the following actions:                                                      specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused
                                                                            by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor.
   4.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with consent of the Owner, to
   perform and complete the Construction Contract; or
   4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction               7 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for
   Contract itself, through its agents or through independent           obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction
   contractors; or                                                      Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be
                                                                        reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations.
    4.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified              No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity
    contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for              other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators or
    performance and completion of the Construction Contract,            successors.
    arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the
                                                                        8 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including
    Owner and the contractor selected with the Owner's
                                                                        changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related
    concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment
                                                                        subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations.
    bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds
    issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the
    amount of damages as described in Paragraph 6 in excess of          9 Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be
    the Balance of the Contract Price i ncu rred by the Owner           instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in
    resulting from the Contractor's default; or                         which the work or part of the work is located and shall be
    4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for            instituted within two years after Contractor Default or within two
    completion, or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable          years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after
    promptness under the circumstances:                                 the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this
                                                                        Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this Paragraph
          .1 After investigation, determine the amount for              are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation
                                                                        avail


                      .
 AlA DOCUMENT A312 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND' DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA @ THE
 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 THIRD                                  A312-1984       2
 PRINTING. MARCH 1987

      BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES                                                                                          00600-2
able to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit                tractor of any amounts received or to be received by the
shall be applicable.                                                         Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages
                                                                             to which the Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and
10 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be                proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor
mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page.              under the Construction Contract.
11 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory
or other legal requirement in the location where the construction            12.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between
was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with
                                                                             the Owner and the Contractor identified on the signature
said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted here
                                                                             page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto.
from and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal
requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is               12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which has
that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a           neither been remedied nor waived, to perform or otherwise to
common law bond.                                                             comply with the terms of the Construction Contract.



12 DEFINITIONS                                                               12.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has
                                                                             neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Contractor as
     12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount                    required by the Construction Contract or to perform and
     payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the                        complete or comply with the other terms thereof.
     Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been
     made, including allowance to the Con



MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS:




(Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.)

CONTRACTOR        AS    PRINCIPAL                                       SURETY
Company:                                       (Corporate Seal)         Company:                                      (Corporate Seal)




Signature:                                                              Signature:
Name and Title:                                                         Name and Title:
Address:                                                                Address:




AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA @
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON,                                             A312-1984 3
D.C. 20006 THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987

                                                                                                                              00600-3
    BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES
                       THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS




                                                      AlA Document A372




                                              Payment Bond
   Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.


CONTRACTOR (Name and Address):                                       SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business):




OWNER (Name and Address):




CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
 Date:
 Amount:
 Description (Name and Location):

BOND
 Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date):
 Amount:
 Modifications to this Bond:                                             None                                           See Page 6

CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL                                                SURETY
Company:                                    (Corporate Seal)           Company:                                      (Corporate Seal)


Signature:                                                             Signature:
Name and Title:                                                        Name and Title:

(Any additional signatures appear on page 6)

(FOR INFORMATION ONLY-Name, Address and Telephone)
AGENT or BROKER:                                   OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or
                                                   other party):




                   .
AlA DOCUMENT A312 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND' DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA @ THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 THIRD                                 A312-1984 4
PRINTING' MARCH 1987

  BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES                                                                                            00600-4
 1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind                   6 When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of
 themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors                 Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's
 and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials and                       expense take the following actions:
 equipment furnished for use in the performance of the
 Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by                            6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the
 reference.                                                                        Owner, within 45 days after receipt of the claim, stating
                                                                                   the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for
 2 With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be null                        challenging any amounts that are disputed.
 and void if the Contractor:                                                       6.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed
    2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for                        amounts.
    all sums due Claimants, and
                                                                                7 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount
    2.2 Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner                       of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited
    from claims, demands, liens or suits by any person or                       for any payments made in good faith by the Surety.
    entity whose claim, demand, lien or suit is for the
    payment for labor, materials or equipment furnished for                     8 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the
    use in the performance of the Construction Contract,                        Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of
    provided the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor                     the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under
    and the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12)                   any Construction Performance Bond. By the Contractor
    of any claims, demands, liens or suits and tendered                         furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree
    defense of such claims, demands, liens or suits to the                      that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of
    Contractor and the Surety, and provided there is no                         the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy
    Owner Default.                                                              obligations of the Contractor and the Surety under this
                                                                                Bond, subject to the Owner's priority to use the funds for the
3 With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and                  completion of the work.
void if the Contractor promptly makes payment, directly or
indirectly, for all sums due.
                                                                                9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or
4 The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under                        others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to
this Bond until:                                                                the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for
                                                                                payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this
   4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct                           Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligations to
   contract with the Contractor have given notice to the                        make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise
   Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and                        have obligations to Claimants under this Bond.
   sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating that a
   claim is being made under this Bond and, with substantial                   10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change,
   accuracy, the amount of the claim.                                          including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or
   4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the                    to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other
   Contractor:                                                                 obligations.

           .1 Have furnished written notice to the Contractor                  11 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant
                and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the                     under this Bond other than in a court of competent juris-
                Owner, within 90 days after having last                        diction in the location in which the work or part of the work
                performed labor or last furnished materials or                 is located or after the expiration of one year from the date
                equipment included in the claim stating, with                  (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by
                substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim                  Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last
                and the name of the party to whom the                          labor or service was performed by anyone or the last mate-
                materials were furnished or supplied or for                    rials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Con-
                whom the labor was done or performed; and                      struction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the
                                                                               provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law,
          .2 Have either received a rejection in whole or                      the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a
                in part from the Contractor, or not received                   defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable.
                within 30 days of furnishing the above notice
                any communication from the Contractor by
                which the Contractor has indicated the claim                   12 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall
                will be paid directly or indirectly; and                       be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature
                                                                               page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, the Owner or the
          .3 Not having been paid within the above 30                          Contractor, however accomplished, shall be sufficient
                days, have sent a written notice to the Surety                 compliance as of the date received at the address shown on
                (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and                 the signature page.
                sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner,
                stating that a claim is being made under this                  13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a
                Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous                      statutory or other legal requirement in the location where
                written notice furnished to the Contractor.                    the construction was to be performed, any provision in this
                                                                               Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement
5 If a notice required by Paragraph 4 is given by the Owner                    shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con-
to the Contractor or to the Surety ,that is sufficient                         forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be
compliance.                                                                    deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this

AlA DOCUMENT A312. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED.. AIA@ THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON, DC 20006 THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987                            A312-1984      5


    BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES                                                                                                00600-5
Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common               Construction Contract, architectural and engineering services
law bond.                                                                     required for performance of the work of the Contractor and
                                                                              the Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for which
14 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a                     a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where
potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall promptly             the labor, materials or equipment were furnished.
furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made.
                                                                              15.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the
                                                                              Owner and the Contractor identified on the signature page,
15 DEFINITIONS                                                                including all Contract Documents and changes thereto.

     15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct                   15.3 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither
     contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the              been remedied nor waived, to pay the Contractor as required
     Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equipment for use in           by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or
     the performance of the Contract. The intent of this Bond shall           comply with the other terms thereof.
     be to include without limitation in the terms "labor, materials
     or equipment" that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil,
     gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment used in the




MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS:




(Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.)
CONTRACTOR        AS    PRINCIPAL                                       SURETY
Company:                                       (Corporate Seal)         Company:                                       (Corporate Seal)



Signature:                                                              Signature:
Name and Title:                                                         Name and Title:
Address:                                                                Address:




AlA DOCUMENT A312  .
                   PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA @ THE AMERICAN
                                                                                                                          A312-1984 6
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 THIRD PRINTING.
MARCH 1987

 BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES                                                                                                      00600-6
                                                                           THIS FORM MUST BE
                                                                           USED BY THE SURETY


                           AGENT’S AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF                                      )
                                              ) ss.
COUNTY OF                                     )

                                          being first duly sworn deposes and says:


That he is the duly appointed agent for



and licensed in the State of New Mexico.

      Deponent further states that a certain bond given to indemnify the State of New
Mexico in connection with the construction of

                                                             dated                   day of

                                 , 20        , executed by

as principal and
as surety, signed by this deponent; and deponent further states that said bond was written, signed
and delivered by him; that the premium on the same has been or will be collected by him; and
that the full commission thereon has been or will be retained by him.


Subscribed and sworn to before me, a notary public in and for the County of

                                             , this              day of

20      .


My Commission Expires:

Agent’s Address:




Telephone:




BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES                4-7-03                                       00600-7
            SAMPLE CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE                                                                      Date:
Producer:
                                                                                       THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
                                                                                       ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
                                                                                       HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
                                                                                       ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
                                                                                       COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE                                 NAIG#
                                                                                         A
Insured:                                                                                  B

                                                                                          C

                                                                                          D

Coverages: The policies of insurance listed below have been issued to the insured named above for the policy period indicated. Notwithstanding any requirement, term or
condition of any contract or other document with respect to which this certificate may be issued or may pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein is
subject to all the terms, exclusions and conditions of such policies, aggregate limits shown may have been reduced by paid claims.

           TYPE OF INSURANCE                     CO.       POLICY         EXPIRATION          LIMITS OF LIABILITY IN THOUSANDS
                                                CODE       NUMBER            DATE                                           EACH                            AGGREGATE
                                                                                                                         OCCURRENCE
1.   (a) Worker’s Compensation                                                                       Statutory
     (b) Employer’s Liability                                                                                          $                                    Each Accident
2.   Comprehensive General Liability
     including:                                                                               Bodily Injury                        $                    $
            Premises – Operations
            Independent Contractors                                                           Property Damage                      $                    $
            Products and Completed
               Operations
            Broad Form Property Damage                                                        Bodily Injury and Property           $                    $
            Contractual Liability                                                             Damage Combined
            Explosion and Collapse Hazard
            Underground Hazard
            Personal Injury with                                                              *Applies to Products and Completed                        $
               Employment Exclusion                                                           Operations Hazard
               Deleted                                                                                                                                   (Personal Injury)
3.   Comprehensive Automobile                                                                 Bodily Injury                        $
     Liability                                                                                (Each Person

             Owned                                                                            Bodily Injury                        $
                                                                                              (Each Accident)
             Hired
             Non-Owned                                                                        Property Damage                      $

                                                                                              Bodily Injury and Property           $
                                                                                              Damage Combined

4.   Excess Liability                                                                         Bodily Injury and Property           $                    $
                                                                                              Damage Combined
            Umbrella Form
            Other than Umbrella
5.    Workers Compensation and                                                                WC Statutory limits/Other
      employers’ liability.
                                                                                              E.L. Each Accident
Any properietory/partner/executive
officer/member excluded?                                                                      E.L. Disease – Each Employee
                                                                                              E.L. Disease – Policy Limit
If yes, describe under Special provisions
below
6.   Other (Specify)


Description of Operations/Locations/Vehicles/Exclusions Added by Endorsement/Special Provisions:
Project Name:                                Contract No.:
The State of New Mexico, EMNRD, State Parks Division, and its agents and employees thereof are either additional insured, co-insured, or principal beneficiary.
Certificate Holder                                                               Cancellation: Should any of the above-described policies be cancelled before the
                                                                                 expiration date thereof, the issuing insurer shall mail 30 days written notice to the
State Parks Division, EMNRD                                                      certificate holder named to the left.
State of New Mexico
1220 S. St. Francis Drive
Santa Fe, NM 87505                                                               Signature of Authorized Representative:




              BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES                                   02-06-09                                                               00600-8
Your Project Here.




            ASSIGNMENT OF ANTITRUST CLAIMS
              (To be executed by Suppliers, Subcontractors, and Sub-Subcontractors
                               of Contractors on State Contracts)


Project:

Contract No.:


                                                            agrees that any and all claims that may
have or may inure to it for overcharges resulting from antitrust violations as to goods, services,
and materials purchased in connection with the above-referenced project are hereby assigned to
the State of New Mexico, but only to the extent that such overcharges are passed on to the State.
It is agreed that the undersigned retains all rights to any such antitrust claims to the extent of any
overcharges not passed on to the State, including the right to any treble damages attributable
thereto.



                                                         FIRM:

                                                         BY:
                                                                 Signed by Individual Empowered
                                                                 To Obligate Supplier, Subcontractor,
                                                                 or Sub-Subcontractor


                                                         TITLE:




BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES                  7-6-06                                   00600-9
                   NOTICE OF INTENT TO AWARD
Project Name:

ITB Ref. No.      xx-xxx-xx-xxxxx           Date of Notice: xx xxxxx 200


To:   xxxxx.
      xxxxx
      xxxxx, New Mexico xxxxx



Ladies and Gentleman:

This letter is to advise you that the Secretary of the New Mexico Energy, Minerals and Natural
Resources Department (EMNRD) approved the construction for the above referenced project.
Pursuant to this approval, the EMNRD State Parks Division has determined that your firm is the
apparent low bidder. Therefore, your firm has been awarded the construction contract for the
amount listed below:



Base Bid:                                                $ xxx,xxx.xx
Tax @ x%                                                 $          0
Contract Total:                                          $ xxx,xxx.xx

Four copies of the Contract Documents (minus the drawings) will be provided to you by the
Architect of Record. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within 15
calendar days of the date of this Notice of Award.

       1.       You must deliver to EMNRD four fully executed counterparts of the Agreement.
                Each must bear your signature on the appropriate page.

       2.       You must deliver with the executed Agreement, the Performance Bond, Labor
                and Material Payment Bond, Certificate of Insurance, and other bonds that may be
                specified in the bidding documents.

       3.       You must meet the requirements of the New Mexico Department of Workforce
                Solutions as spelled out in the wage rate decision included in the bid documents.


BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES                     01-25-10                             00600- 10
Please be advised that no contract with the State of New Mexico is legal and binding upon the
State until it is executed by the Secretary of the Energy, Minerals, and Natural Resources
Department, and funds for the contract are encumbered by the Department of Finance and
Administration of the State of New Mexico.

Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will sadly entitle the State to
consider your bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award, and to declare your bid security
forfeited.

Within 30 days after you comply with these conditions, the State will return to you one fully
signed counterpart of the agreement with the contract documents attached.

State of New Mexico
Energy, Minerals, and Natural Resources Department
State Parks Division




Agent:                                                        Date:




BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES                     01-25-10                              00600- 11
                           NOTICE TO PROCEED

Xxx at xxxxxx State Park


Contract No.:   xx-xxx-xxxx-xxxx              Date of Notice: xx xxx 200X


To:     xxxxx
        xxxxx
        xxxxx, New Mexico xxxxx



Ladies and Gentleman:

Enclosed is your copy of the approved contract. Please consider this letter as official
NOTICE TO PROCEED on the above referenced project provided you have met the
requirements of the New Mexico Department of Workforce Solutions as spelled out in
the wage rate decision included in the bid documents.

Your firm shall commence within ten calendar days of the above date and shall achieve
Substantial Completion in ________ calendar days thereafter, which shall be x xxxxx
200X, unless modified by change order.

It is essential that you make reference to the above stated contract number on all
documents sent to the Architect of Record from your office. Said documents shall include
correspondence, change order proposals, change orders, payment requests, and all other
project related material.

State of New Mexico
Energy, Minerals and Natural Resources Department
State Parks Division



Agent                                                   Date:




 BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES              03-11-10                               00600-12
 CERTIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

Project Name:

Contract No:                                    Date of Contract:


SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION is the stage in the progress when the Work is sufficiently complete in
accordance with the Contract Documents that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended
use. The Work performed under this Contract has been reviewed and found to the Architects best
knowledge, information and belief, to be substantially complete. The Date of Substantial Completion is
also the date for commencement of applicable warranties required by the contract unless exempted in an
attached list.

Date Required by Agreement and Change Orders:

Actual Date of Substantial Completion:

A list of items to be completed or corrected, prepared by the Architect, is attached hereto. Failure by the
Architect to include any items on this list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete
all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.



Architect:                                             Date:



The Owner accepts the Work or designated portion thereof as substantially complete and will assume full
possession thereof at 8:00 a.m. the day following the Date of Substantial Completion.

State of New Mexico
Energy, Minerals, and Natural Resources Department
State Parks Division



Agent:                                                Date:




BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES                   10-22-09                                         00600-13
         CERTIFICATION OF FINAL COMPLETION
Project Name:

Contract No.                                   Contract Date:


FINAL COMPLETION is defined by the date certified by the Architect when all the Work of the
Project is fully complete, the Contract fully performed in accordance with the contract documents,
and the contractor is entitled to final payment.

The Architect has inspected the Work and has determined that the date of Final Completion is:

_____________________________________________________________________________

Architect:                                                Date:


The Contractor certifies that the Work is fully complete and was completed on:

                                                                         and submits herewith:

         Application for Final Payment (AIA G702)
         Affidavit of Payments (AIA G706)
         Consent of Surety (AIA G707)
         Release of Liens (AIA G7706A)

Contractor:                                               Date:


State of New Mexico
Energy, Minerals and Natural Resources Department
State Parks Division




Agent:                                                    Date:

INSPECTION AFTER ONE YEAR: Approximately 30 days prior to
the one year anniversary of the Date of Substantial Completion, the Architect and the Contractor shall
conduct an inspection of the Project to determine any correction of the Work that may be required at
that time.




BONDS CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES                 10-22-09                                     00600-14
SECTION 00700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1    The General Conditions of the contract shall be A.I A. Document A201, 2007 edition “General
       Conditions of the Contract for Construction”, and is hereby made a part of the contract
       documents by reference. The document may be viewed at the office of the Architect: Rob
       Vadurro, EMNRD, State Parks Division, 1220 South St. Francis Drive, Santa Fe, New Mexico
       87505. Alternately, originals may be viewed and purchased at the American Institute of
       Architects, 215 Gold Avenue SW, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87102. (505) 244-3737. THIS IS
       A COPYRIGHTED DOCUMENT AND MAY NOT BE COPIED.




END OF SECTION 00700




GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT                      Rev. 09-08-09                   00700 - 1
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Section 00800

MODIFICATION TO GENERAL CONDITIONS

1.0   Add the following subparagraph to Paragraph 1.1:

1.1.5 ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

      The following definitions shall apply throughout the Bidding Documents or Contract
      Documents unless otherwise specified:

      A.     RETAINAGE: The amount of money otherwise due to a Contractor that may be
             withheld by the Owner to secure performance of the Contract.

      B.     SURETY: The person or entity obligated to provide such performance or
             payment as set forth in bonds required by the Contract Documents.

      C.     UNIT PRICES: Amounts stated in the Contract as prices per unit of measurement
             for materials or services as described in the Contract Documents.

      D.     USER: The state agency or agencies or designated entity for whose use the
             Project is being constructed.

2.0   Substitute the following for Subparagraph 1.3.1:

      All designs, drawings, specifications, notes, and other work developed in the
      performance of this Contract and copies thereof furnished by the Architect/Engineer shall
      be the sole property of the Owner. They are to be used only with respect to this Project
      and are not to be used on any other project.

3.0   Add the following to Subparagraph 2.2.3:

      Should the Architect/Engineer determine that any portion of the Work varies from the
      requirements of the Contract Documents, the Architect/Engineer shall promptly notify
      the Owner and the Contractor of the nature of the noncompliance and the correction of
      the Work required.

4.0   Delete Subparagraph 2.2.9.

5.0   Substitute the following for Subparagraph 2.2.12:

      All claims, disputes, and other matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor
      shall be referred to the Architect/Engineer for formal decision under Subparagraph 7.9.1.




SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS                     Rev. 02-26-10                           00800-1
6.0     Substitute the following for the last sentence of Subparagraph 2.2.19:

        Any dispute in connection with such an appointment shall be considered an aggrievement
        and subject to the provisions of Subparagraph 7.9.1.

7.0     Add the following to Subparagraph 4.6.1:

        Any increase or decrease in gross receipts tax enacted after the date the Bids are received
        shall result in a similar increase or decrease in the Contract Sum by appropriate
        modification.

8.0     Add the following subparagraphs to Subparagraph 4.7.1:

4.7.1.1 The Contractor must secure all building permits from the Construction Industries
       Division of the New Mexico Regulation and Licensing Department, not from local
       authorities. The Construction Industries Division offices are located at the Toney Anaya
       Building, 2550 Cerrillos Road, Santa Fe, New Mexico 87501.

4.7.1.2 The Contractor will be responsible for the payment of connection charges, participation
       fees, plant investment fees, development fees, or other such fees to cover the capital
       expense charges of the utility companies. Included are the utility company's mains,
       trunks, or laterals necessary to reach the point where the tap is made. The Contractor will
       be responsible for the electrical after the transformer, domestic water after the meter, fire
       service water at and after the detector check vault, and gas after the meter.

9.0     Add the following to Subparagraph 4.10.1:

        The progress schedule shall be submitted no later than 15 days after receipt of the Notice
        to Proceed. The progress schedule shall be revised by the Contractor from time to time to
        reflect all changes in contract Work and adjustments in time, money, or both that are
        approved by the Architect/Engineer. The schedule shall show the date of commencement
        of work on each pertinent phase or item of construction, percentage of scheduled
        completion at the end of each 15 days, and the date of completion of each phase or item
        of work. The progress schedule shall indicate labor, materials, and equipment actually
        incorporated in the Work (construction in place). No progress shall be indicated for
        materials and equipment on the site but not incorporated into the Work. The schedule
        shall be submitted each month with the Pay Request, in duplicate. No payment will be
        made without the progress schedule.

10.0    Add the following subparagraph to Paragraph 4.15:

4.15.3 The Contractor shall thoroughly clean the premises at the completion of the Work.

11.0    Substitute the following for Subparagraph 7.5.1:

7.5.1   The Contractor, where the Contract Price exceeds $500, shall post a 100% Performance
        Bond and a 100% Labor and Material Payment Bond (forms attached hereto - see 00600-




SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS                         Rev. 02-26-10                           00800-2
        1 through -4), with amount payable conforming to the terms of the Contract. Unless
        modified otherwise by the contract documents, the 100% bond requirement shall equal
        the accepted bid amount, including applicable gross receipts tax. Surety shall be a
        company licensed to do business in the State of New Mexico and acceptable to the
        Owner. Said bonds must comply with the requirements of NMSA 1978, § 13-4-18.

7.5.2   For contracts of less than $25,000, personal sureties may be accepted in advance by the
        Owner pursuant to NMSA 1978, § 13-4-18; but in such case, the amount of the bond
        shall be the full Bid Amount, and the sureties shall justify under oath in amounts above
        liabilities and exemptions aggregating double the amount of the Bond.

7.5.3   Special attention is called to the requirements of NMSA 1978, §§ 13-4-18 through 13-4-
        20, regarding a Contractor who does not have his principal place of business in the State
        of New Mexico, for all taxes due arising out of construction services rendered under the
        Contract.

7.5.4   The right to sue on this Bond accrues only to the Owner and the parties to whom NMSA
        1978, §§ 13-4-18 through 13-4-20, grant such right; and any such right shall be exercised
        only in accordance with the provisions and limitations of said statutes.

12.     Add the following sub-subparagraphs to Subparagraph 7.7.1:

7.7.1.1 All testing required by the Contract Documents, and retesting required as a result of the
        failure of the first or subsequent tests, including but not limited to testing for job mix
        formulae and design mixes, shall be performed by a testing laboratory under the direct
        supervision of a Registered Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of New
        Mexico, and shall be paid for by the Contractor.

7.7.1.2 All sampling, transportation, and storage of samples, testing, and reporting shall be
        undertaken by representatives of the testing laboratory. No sampling, transportation, and
        storage of samples, nor testing, nor reporting shall be undertaken by the
        Architect/Engineer, the Owner, the Contractor, or the Subcontractors.

7.7.1.3 Two copies of all test reports shall be furnished directly to the Architect/Engineer by the
       testing laboratory, and one copy directly to the Owner. All test reports shall be numbered
       sequentially.

13.0    Substitute the following for Paragraph 7.9:

7.9     AGGRIEVEMENT PROCEDURE DURING CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION

7.9.1   Any claims, disputes, or other matters in question between the Contractor and the Owner,
        except those relating to artistic effect as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.11 and except
        those which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided
        in Subparagraphs 9.9.4 and 9.9.5, shall be presented in the form of a written request
        accompanied by supporting data to the Architect/Engineer for formal decision, with a
        copy to the other party. Such formal decision of the Architect/Engineer is binding upon




SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS                        Rev. 02-26-10                           00800-3
        the Contractor and the Owner unless either or both notify each other and the
        Architect/Engineer in writing within 15 days of their receipt of the decision that they are
        unwilling to abide by the Architect's/Engineer's decision, are thereby aggrieved in
        connection with the decision, and are separately exercising such rights as either may have
        under the Contract Documents or by law and regulation. If the Architect/Engineer fails
        to provide a written decision or a reasonable schedule to issue a written decision within
        10 days after the Owner or the Contractor has presented his request, that party may
        consider himself aggrieved and may proceed to exercise his rights.

7.9.2   A settlement agreement signed by the Owner and the Contractor shall supersede and
        cancel any other dispute resolution proceedings regarding the same matter.

7.9.3   The parties may enter into a written agreement setting forth procedures that will resolve
        the dispute by means of binding arbitration.

7.9.4   Unless work is stopped or payment withheld in accordance with the conditions of the
        Contract, or unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor shall carry on the Work
        and maintain its progress during any aggrievement proceedings, and the Owner shall
        continue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance with the Contract
        Documents.

14.0    Add to Paragraph 8.2 the following subparagraph:

8.2.3   Liquidated Damages: It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Owner
        and the Contractor that the Contract Time set forth is a reasonable time for completion of
        the Work, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual industrial
        conditions prevailing in the locality of the Project. The Owner will suffer financial loss if
        the Project is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. Therefore, in partial
        consideration for award of the Work, if the Contractor should fail to achieve Substantial
        Completion within the Contract Time or proper extension thereof, the Contractor (and the
        Surety) agrees to pay the Owner the amount stated (if any) in the Owner-Contractor
        agreement as Liquidated Damages (not as a penalty).

15.0    Add to Subparagraph 8.3.1 the following sentence:

        Where individual items or designated portions of the Work require changes in completion
        time, but are not interrelated with items of work governed by the Contract Time, the
        Architect/Engineer and the Owner may establish by Change Order separate completion
        dates with separate Liquidated Damages acceptable to the Contractor and leave the
        Contract Time unchanged.

16.0    Add to Subparagraph 8.3.3 the following sentence:

        This 15 day time limit on the Architect's/Engineer's response shall also apply to
        reviewing the Contractor's submittals as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.14.

17.0    Add to Subparagraph 9.6.1 the following sentence:




SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS                         Rev. 02-26-10                            00800-4
       The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the
       Architect/Engineer in order to protect itself from loss because of Subparagraphs 9.6.1.2
       through 9.6.1.7, but the Owner must give the Contractor immediate written notice (with a
       copy to the Architect/Engineer) stating the reasons for such action.

18.0   Substitute the following for Subparagraph 11.1.2:

11.1.2 The limits of liability for the insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall provide
       coverage for not less than the following amounts, or greater if required by law:

                                                                              Minimum Limits
                    Type of Coverage Required                                   of Liability
 1.     Workman's Compensation (including accident and disease        Statutory
        coverage)

 2.     Employer's Liability                                          $100,000

 3.     Comprehensive General Liability                               Bodily Injury: $300,000 per
        (including endorsements providing broad form property         person/$500,000 per
        damage coverage, personal injury coverage, and contractual    occurrence, and Property
        assumption of liability coverage for all liability the        Damage; or combined single
        Contractor has assumed under this Contract)                   limit coverage of $500,000 per
                                                                      occurrence.

 4.     Auto liability (including non-owned auto coverage)            Same limits as General
                                                                      Liability

 5.     Umbrella                                                      $1,000,000

18.1   Add to Subparagraph 11.1.4 the following paragraph:

       The State of New Mexico, General Services Department, Risk Management Division,
       requires the following addition to the specifications regarding insurance coverage:

       “Department As Additional Insured. The Contractor shall have the Energy, Minerals and
       Natural Resources Department, State Parks Division, named as an additional insured on
       the Comprehensive General Liability form or Commercial Liability form furnished by the
       Contractor. The certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage provided under the
       policy is primary over any other valid and collectible insurance”.

19.0   Substitute the following paragraph for Paragraph 11.3:

11.3   Property Insurance




SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS                      Rev. 02-26-10                           00800-5
11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided in this Contract, the Owner shall maintain builder's risk
       insurance or self-insurance, or a combination of insurance and self-insurance, upon the
       Work at the site for at least the actual cash value thereof. The builder's risk insurance
       shall cover the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, the Subcontractors, and the
       Subsubcontractors in the Work. The insurance shall insure against at least the following
       perils: fire, extended coverage, vandalism, and malicious mischief; provided that such
       coverage shall not extend to theft of building materials, which risk of loss shall be borne
       by the Contractor. If the Owner does not intend to purchase such insurance for at least
       the actual cash value of the Work, he shall inform the Contractor of such fact in writing
       prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor shall then obtain builder's risk
       property insurance to protect the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, and his
       Subcontractors and Subsubcontractors in the Work; and the cost of such insurance shall,
       by appropriate change order, be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by
       the Owner's failure to maintain at least the minimum insurance or self-insurance required
       by this Subparagraph 11.3.1 and the Owner has not notified the Contractor pursuant to
       the previous sentence, the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs arising from such failure.
       The Contractor shall maintain property insurance covering at least the perils stipulated
       above on portions of the Work stored off the site or in transit when such portions of the
       Work are to be included in an Application for Payment under Subparagraph 9.3.2.

       The builder's risk coverage to be furnished by the Owner is provided under the State of
       New Mexico's Blanket Property Coverage Policy, a copy of which is on file at the Risk
       Management Division of the General Services Department. The policy does not insure
       against any loss to the Contractor's Subcontractors or Subsubcontractors for tools,
       machinery, or equipment. Any loss resulting therefrom shall be borne by the Contractor.
       The Contractor shall be responsible for the first $1,000 of any insured or self-insured
       loss.

11.3.2 Any insured or self-insured loss under Subparagraph 11.3.1 is to be adjusted with the
       Owner and made payable to the Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may
       appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause. The Owner shall
       deposit the proceeds in a separate account and shall distribute them in accordance with
       such agreement as the parties in interest, including the Owner, may reach. The
       Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance proceeds which the
       Contractor receives and shall require by written agreement signed by the Subcontractor
       that the Subcontractor make payments to his Subsubcontractors in a similar manner. If
       after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of damaged work shall
       be covered by an appropriate change order.




SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS                        Rev. 02-26-10                           00800-6
11.3.3 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use any portion of the Work prior to
       Substantial Completion, such occupancy or use shall not commence prior to the time
       mutually agreed to by the Owner and the Contractor and, if required by the applicable
       insurance or self-insurance coverage, not prior to the time the builder's risk property
       insurer has consented to such occupancy or use. The Contractor's consent to such
       occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld.

20.0   Delete the last sentence of Subparagraph 11.4.1.

21.0   Add the following subparagraphs to Paragraph 12.1:

12.1.6 By submission of a Bid, the Contractor agrees and binds himself to the following method
       of calculating change order costs. The Owner also agrees to the following method of
       calculating the cost of any changes to the Contract. With each proposal for a change in
       the amount of the contract, the Contractor shall submit an itemized breakdown of all
       increases or decreases in the cost of the Contractor's and all Subcontractors' or
       Subsubcontractors' work to include at least the following detail in the general order
       listed:

       12.1.6.1   material quantities and unit costs;

       12.1.6.2   labor amounts and hourly rates (identified with specific items of material to be
                  placed or operation to be performed);

       12.1.6.3   costs inherent in the use of equipment owned by the Contractor, the
                  Subcontractors, and/or the Subsubcontractors;

       12.1.6.4   equipment rental, if any;

       12.1.6.5   workman's compensation and public liability insurance;

       12.1.6.6   general administration, overhead, supervision, project insurance, and profit,
                  based on the following schedule (subtotal before applying the percentage
                  shown):

                                                                $500 and   $501 to     Over 5%
                                                                  Less      5% of         of
                                                                           Contract    Contract
                                                                                      Negotiable

       Contractor for Work performed by his own                     22%        19%    negotiable
       forces
       Contractor for Work performed by                             10%         8%    negotiable
       Subcontractor
       Subcontractor for Work performed by his own                  18%        15%    negotiable
       forces



SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS                        Rev. 02-26-10                            00800-7
                                                               $500 and   $501 to     Over 5%
                                                                 Less      5% of         of
                                                                          Contract    Contract
                                                                                     Negotiable
      Subcontractor for Work performed by                          10%         8%    negotiable
      Subsubcontractor
      Subsubcontractor for Work performed by his                   18%        15%    negotiable
      own forces

      12.1.6.7       employment taxes under FICA and FUTA; and

      12.1.6.8       state gross receipts tax (Contractor only).

      12.1.7         the quotation for Work under a change order shall be binding for 60 days
                     from the date submitted by the Contractor.

ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS

1.0   Equal Opportunity

1.1   The Contractor, all Subcontractors, and all Subsubcontractors agree to abide by all
      federal and state laws and rules and regulations, and executive orders of the Governor of
      the State of New Mexico, pertaining to equal employment opportunity. In accordance
      with all such laws of the State of New Mexico, the Contractor, all Subcontractors and all
      Sub subcontractors assure that no person in the United States shall, on the grounds of
      race, religion, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, age, physical or mental handicap, or
      serious medical condition, spousal affiliation, sexual orientation, or gender identity, be
      excluded from employment with or participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be
      otherwise subjected to discrimination under any program or activity performed under this
      Agreement. If Contractor, all Subcontractors and all Subsubcontractors are found not to
      be in compliance with these requirements during the life of this Agreement, Contractor,
      all Subcontractors and all Subsubcontractors agree to take appropriate steps to correct
      these deficiencies. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to
      employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies of
      nondiscrimination.

1.2   The Contractor, all Subcontractors, and all Subsubcontractors shall, in all solicitation or
      advertisement for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that all qualified
      applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion,
      color, national origin, ancestry, sex, age, physical or mental handicap, or serious medical
      condition, spousal affiliation, sexual orientation, or gender identity.

2.0   Minimum Wage Rates




SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS                       Rev. 02-26-10                            00800-8
2.1   The Contractor warrants and agrees that he and all Subcontractors and Subsubcontractors
      will comply with all applicable provisions of the New Mexico Public Works Minimum
      Wage Act as outlined in the Contract Documents. Wage rates are not applicable to
      projects costing less than $60,000. The Contractor and his Subcontractors shall deliver
      by mail copies of certified weekly payroll in accordance with the regulations under
      "Minimum Wage Rates" to the office of the State Labor Commission, Santa Fe, New
      Mexico 87501, address as stated in the Determination.

3.0   Contract Audit

      The Owner shall be entitled to audit the books and records of a Contractor or any
      Subcontractor under any negotiated contract or subcontract other than a firm fixed-price
      contract to the extent that such books and records relate to the performance of such
      contract or subcontract. Such books and records shall be maintained by the Contractor
      for a period of three years from the date of final payment under the prime Contract and
      by the Subcontractor for a period of three years from the date of final payment under the
      subcontract, unless a shorter period is otherwise authorized in writing (NMSA 1978, §
      13-1-16).

4.0   Debarred or Suspended Contractors

      A business (Contractor, Subcontractor, or Supplier) that has either been debarred or
      suspended pursuant to the requirements of NMSA 1978, §§ 13-1-177 through 13-1-180,
      and 13-4-11 through 13-4-17, shall not be permitted to do business with the state and
      shall not be considered for award of contract during the period for which it is debarred or
      suspended.

5.0   Bribes, Gratuities, and Kickbacks

5.1   It is illegal in the State of New Mexico for any public employee to solicit or accept
      anything of value in connection with award of contract for this Bid and for any person to
      offer or pay anything of value to any such public employee (NMSA 1978, §§ 30-24-1
      and 30-24-2).

5.2   Pursuant to NMSA 1978, § 13-1-191, reference is hereby made to the Criminal Laws of
      New Mexico (including NMSA 1978, §§ 30-24-1, 30-24-2, and 30-41-1 through 30-41-
      3), which prohibit bribes, kickbacks, and gratuities, and violation of which constitutes a
      felony. Further, the Procurement Code (NMSA 1978, §§ 13-1-28 through 13-1-199)
      imposes civil and criminal penalties for its violation.

6.0   Nonresident Contractor's Requirements: Gross Receipts Tax Surety Bond

6.1   NMSA 1978, § 7-1-55A, provides that any person (as defined in NMSA 1978, § 7-1-3)
      engaged in the construction business who does not have his principal place of business in
      New Mexico and enters into a prime construction contract to be performed in this state
      shall, at the time such contract is entered into, furnish the Director of the Revenue
      Division, Taxation and Revenue Department, or his delegate with a surety bond or other




SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS                      Rev. 02-26-10                            00800-9
      acceptable security in a sum equivalent to the gross receipts tax to be paid under the
      contract multiplied by the applicable rate of the gross receipts tax imposed by NMSA
      1978, § 7-9-4, to secure payment of the tax imposed on the gross receipts from the
      Contract. He shall obtain a certificate from the Director of the Revenue Division,
      Taxation and Revenue Department, or his delegate that the requirements of this
      paragraph have been met.

6.2   If the total sum to be paid under the Contract is changed by 10% or more after the date
      the surety bond or other acceptable security is furnished to the Director or his delegate,
      such person shall increase or decrease, as the case may be, the amount of the bond or
      security within 14 days after the change (NMSA 1978, § 7-1-55B).

6.3    In addition to the above requirements, the Contractor will be subject to all the
      requirements of NMSA 1978, § 7-1-55.

7.0   Contractor's Gross Receipts Tax Registration

7.1   NMSA 1978, § 7-10-4 provides that any person (as defined in NMSA 1978, § 7-10-3)
      performing services for the state, as those terms are used in the Gross Receipts and
      Compensating Tax Act (NMSA 1978, §§ 7-10-1 through 7-10-5), must be registered and
      be issued an identification number with the Revenue Division of the Taxation and
      Revenue Department to pay the gross receipts tax.

7.2   The identification number is needed to properly complete the approval process of the
      Contract; therefore, so as to cause no delay in the processing, the Contractor must register
      with the Division. For information, contact:

                                    Revenue Division
                                    Taxation and Revenue Department
                                    Manuel Lujan Building
                                    1200 St. Francis Drive
                                    Santa Fe, New Mexico 87503
                                    TELEPHONE: (505) 827-0832

7.3   If any person who performs services for the state is not registered to pay the gross receipt
      tax, the state shall withhold payment of the amount due until the person has presented
      evidence of registration with the Revenue Division to pay the gross receipts tax.

8.0   Assignment of Antitrust Claims

8.1   The Contractor agrees that any and all claims that the Contractor may have or that may
      inure to the Contractor for overcharges resulting from antitrust violations as to goods,
      services, and materials purchased in connection with this Bid are hereby assigned to the
      State of New Mexico, but only to the extent that such overcharges are passed on to the
      state. The Contractor further agrees to require each of its Suppliers, Subcontractors, and
      Subsubcontractors to assign any and all such claims for overcharges to the state by
      executing an assignment on the form provided by the Owner for such purpose. The




SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS                       Rev. 02-26-10                           00800-10
      executed form (see Section 00600-7) shall be submitted prior to the commencement of
      the Work or the supplying of any materials by the Supplier, Subcontractor, or
      Subsubcontractor. The submission of this executed form may be waived by the Owner
      upon a showing of a good-faith effort by the Contractor to obtain agreement in writing
      from his Supplier, Subcontractor, or Subsubcontractor. Waiver by the Owner may not
      unreasonably be denied.

8.2   It is agreed that the Contractor retains all rights to any such antitrust claims to the extent
      of any overcharges not passed on to the state, including the right to any treble damages
      attributable thereto.

9.0   Contracts with Nonresident Persons or Partnerships or Unadmitted Foreign
      Corporations; Agent for Service of Process

      Special attention of Bidders is called to requirements of NMSA 1978, §§ 13-4-21 through
      13-4-24, whereby a public works contract with a nonresident person or partnership or
      foreign corporation not authorized to do business in the state shall contain a specific
      provision designating an agent resident within the state, and his address, upon whom
      process and writs in any action or proceeding against such business may be served in any
      action arising out of such contract.




SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS                        Rev. 02-26-10                            00800-11
                                 New Mexico Department of Workforce Solutions
                                            Public Works Bureau
  Kim Kew (505) 841-4405   Patricia Barela (505) 841-4409   Lori Griego (505) 841-4408 Email to: public.works@state.nm.us   or   fax to:
                                                              (505) 841-4423


                                      Wage Decision # SI-11-0930 B
                                    NOTIFICATION OF AWARD (NOA)

Description and Location of Work: 101 Highway 195
Earthwork, concrete, steel erection, pre‐engineered building, painting, concrete masonry, stucco, steel gates, electrical, 
plumbing 


City of Elephant Butte                      Sierra County                       101 Highway 195
REMINDER for Agency Conducting BID Process: If bids are NOT submitted before new wage rates go into
effect, a NEW wage decision WILL be required.
When the Contract is awarded for this project the Wage Rate Poster and the Wage Rate Packet, excluding this NOA and
Subcontractor List, must be delivered to the GENERAL/PRIME CONTRACTOR. The Contracting Agency or its agent must
complete this form (including the next page listing all of the subcontractors including 2nd tier subcontractors) and fax or mail it to
the address above. If the project is canceled, this form must be completed by the agency conducting the bid process. Failure to
submit the NOA in a timely manner is a violation of paragraph 11.1.2.10.B (3) of the Public Works Minimum Wage Act Policy
Manual.

General/Prime Contractor Company Name:________________________________________ License#:_______________

Address:__________________________________ City:__________________________ State:_______ Zip:___________

Telephone: _________________________________________ Fax:___________________________________________

Project Contact’s name:__________________________________________________E-Mail:_________________________

Approximate Date Work to Start:_________________________________________________________________

Estimated Completion Date:_____________________________________________________________________

Estimated Cost of Project:______________________________________________________________________

Bid Opening Date:____________________________________________________________________________

Note: The General/Prime Contractor MUST mail/fax in their Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages to the Contracting
Agency or its agent before beginning work on the project. Each Subcontractor (and all tiers of subcontractors) MUST also
mail/fax their Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages through the General/Prime Contractor before they start work. After
work on the project is completed (but before final payments), subcontractors and all tiers of subcontractors must mail/fax
(through the General/Prime Contractor) an Affidavit of Wages Paid.

Signature for Contracting Agency (or agent) _____________________________________
Printed Name____________________________________________
Date ____________________________________
8/10/07
                                SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
                 Do NOT list suppliers or professional services (such as surveyors)
                INCLUDE individual subcontractor dollar amount for project
                             Email to: public.works@state.nm.us   or   fax to: (505) 841-4423


             Please include 2nd & 3rd Tier subcontractors. Make extra copies of form if necessary.
                         Wage Dec. # SI-11-0930 B
General Contractor:______________________________________________
Company Name:__________________________________________________________________________
Address:____________________________________City:________________State:____Zip:______________
E-Mail Address:______________________________ License No.:___________________
Phone No.:______________________Fax No.:____________________ Sub ____ 2nd TIER ____ 3rd TIER ___
                                                                                      (To Whom)   (To Whom)
Work to be performed:                                 Amount ($):

Company Name:__________________________________________________________________________
Address:____________________________________City:________________State:____Zip:______________
E-Mail Address:______________________________ License No.:___________________
Phone No.:______________________Fax No.:____________________ Sub ____ 2nd TIER ____ 3rd TIER ___
                                                                                      (To Whom)   (To Whom)
Work to be performed:                                 Amount ($):

Company Name:__________________________________________________________________________
Address:____________________________________City:________________State:____Zip:______________
E-Mail Address:______________________________ License No.:___________________
Phone No.:______________________Fax No.:____________________ Sub ____ 2ne TIER ____ 3rd TIER ___
                                                                                      (To Whom)   (To Whom)
Work to be performed:                                 Amount ($):

Company Name:__________________________________________________________________________
Address:____________________________________City:________________State:____Zip:______________
E-Mail Address:______________________________ License No.:___________________
Phone No.:______________________Fax No.:____________________ Sub ____ 2nd TIER ____ 3rd TIER ___
                                                                                      (To Whom)   (To Whom)
Work to be performed:                                 Amount ($):

Company Name:__________________________________________________________________________
Address:____________________________________City:________________State:____Zip:______________
E-Mail Address:______________________________ License No.:___________________
Phone No.:______________________Fax No.:____________________ Sub ____ 2nd TIER ____ 3rd TIER ___
                                                                                      (To Whom)   (To Whom)
Work to be performed:                                 Amount ($):

Company Name:__________________________________________________________________________
Address:____________________________________City:________________State:____Zip:______________
E-Mail Address:______________________________ License No.:___________________
Phone No.:______________________Fax No.:____________________ Sub ____ 2ne TIER ____ 3rd TIER ___
                                                                                      (To Whom)   (To Whom)
Work to be performed:                                 Amount ($):
     Labor Relations
 (Human Rights, Public
  Works, Wage & Hour,
     Apprenticeship)
Quarterly Training Session
              Date: 08/29/11
              Time: 01:00pm—05:00pm
              Location 209 S. Oliver Drive
                            Aztec, NM 87401
                            Training Rooms 1 & 2

              Be educated on all Labor Relations processes
              from beginning to end by attending this training
              session hosted by the State of NM, Labor Rela-
                tions Division. Contracting agents, general
              contractors, contractor’s at risk, subcontractors
              and employers alike are encouraged to attend.
              Seating is limited so call today to reserve your
                                   spot.

              Contact person: 505 841 4403
                              (Nicolina)
      NEW MEXICO DEPARTMENT OF WORKFORCE SOLUTIONS - PUBLIC WORKS BUREAU
    QUESTIONS?? Call OR E-mail:
                                  Patricia Barela @ (505) 841-4409 OR patricia.barela@state.nm.us or
                                     Lori Griego @ (505) 841-4408 OR lori.griego2@state.nm.us or
                Kim Kew @ (505) 841-4405 OR kim.kew@state.nm.us                                        fax (505) 841-4423
        Contracting Agency/Owner                         County                Decision Date                    Decision No.
             NM State Parks                              Sierra                  08/03/11                       SI-11-0930 B
                                                                              Expires for Bids
Type of Construction: B                                                        Upon approval of
                                                                                  2011 rates
Description of Work: Earthwork, concrete, steel erection, pre‐engineered building, painting, concrete masonry, stucco, 
steel gates, electrical, plumbing
 
 
 
REMINDER to those preparing BID documents: If bids are not opened by the above “Expires for Bids”
date, a NEW wage decision may be required. If bids are NOT submitted before new wage rates go into effect, a
NEW wage decision WILL be required. Call the Public Works Bureau at (505) 841-4409 to check status of new
wage rates.



                                                       NOTICES
    ALL contractors MUST have an active registration with the Labor Enforcement Fund before bidding
    on any public works project. Bids from contractors who are not registered will be considered
    INVALID.

    The General/Prime Contractor selected for this project MUST submit a completed Statement of Intent
    to Pay Prevailing Wages to the Contracting Agency (or it’s agent) before any work is started.

    Sub-contractors & 2nd/3rd Tier Contractors MUST also submit Statements through their General/Prime
    before they start work. The General/Prime is responsible for informing the Contracting Agency or it’s
    agent whenever there is a change to the subcontractors on the project.

    The Contracting Agency or it’s agent MUST fill out and submit the Notification of Award and
    Subcontractor list to the Public Works Bureau and forward the remainder of this wage decision
    package to the General/Prime Contractor that is awarded the project contract. That contractor is also
    responsible for making certain that all subcontractors have copies of the wage decision and other
    needed forms.

    The General/Prime Contractor MUST post the wage rate table at the job site outside the
    Superintendent’s trailer/office in an easily accessible place.

    Workers MUST be classified & paid according to the work they perform, regardless of qualifications.

    These wage rates are good for the life of a project.


    8/10/07
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park : Wage Decision # SI-11-0930 B
Earthwork, concrete, steel erection, pre-engineered building, painting, concrete masonry, stucco, steel gates,
electrical, plumbing
                          Type "B" - GENERAL BUILDING                   effective 01/26/10
                                                                                                         Subsistence &
              Trade Classification               Base Rate       Fringe Rate      Apprenticeship        Incentive Rates
Asbestos Worker - Heat & Frost Insulator            27.35           10.23               $0.20
Boilermaker                                         18.40           3.78                $0.20
Bricklayer/Blocklayer/Stonemason                    22.85           6.00                $0.74
Carpenter/Lather                                    20.86           6.25                $0.36
Cement Mason                                        17.72           7.45                $0.34
Electricians
   Outside Classifications
     Groundman                                      22.32            8.62               $0.36
     Equipment Operator                             25.14            8.62               $0.36
     Lineman/Tech                                   25.73            8.62               $0.36
     Cable Splicer                                  26.91            8.62               $0.36
  Inside Classifications
     Wireman/Technician                             27.80            8.06               $0.37           Refer to Note 1
     Cable Splicer                                  29.53            8.06               $0.37
  Sound Classifications
      Installer                                     23.39           8.31                $0.24
     Technician                                     24.94           8.31                $0.24
     Soundman                                       27.01           8.31                $0.24
Elevator Constructor                                33.61           14.99               $0.24
Elevator Constructor Helper                         15.55           3.56                $0.25
Glazier                                             20.15           4.15                $0.35
Ironworker                                          25.00           10.00               $0.53           Refer to Note 2
Painter (Brush/Roller/Spray)                        16.60           3.88                $0.36
Paper Hanger                                        19.71           8.42                $0.35
Drywall Finisher/Taper                              19.64           3.91                $0.34
Plasterer                                           18.65           7.15                $0.35
Plumber/Pipefitter                                  28.30           11.00               $0.63           Refer to Note 3
Roofer                                              15.18           0.50                $0.54
Sheetmetal Worker                                   26.56           13.41               $0.45           Refer to Note 4
Soft Floor Layer                                    20.74           4.40                $0.35
Sprinkler Fitter                                    24.41           11.27               $0.28
Tile Setter                                         14.80           1.20                $0.00
Tile Setter Helper                                  13.00           1.02                $0.00
Laborers
   Group I                                          15.04            4.25               $0.27
   Group II                                         15.61            4.25               $0.27
   Group III                                        15.91            4.25               $0.27
   Group IV                                         16.01            4.25               $0.27
   Group V                                          16.21            4.25               $0.27
   Group VI                                         16.36            4.25               $0.27
Operators
   Group I                                          28.03            5.16               $0.50
   Group II                                         29.07            5.16               $0.50
   Group III                                        29.15            5.16               $0.50
   Group IV                                         29.21            5.16               $0.50
   Group V                                          29.27            5.16               $0.50
   Group VI                                         29.37            5.16               $0.50
   Group VII                                        29.47            5.16               $0.50
   Group VIII                                       30.55            5.16               $0.50
Truck Drivers
   Group I                                          20.56            5.34               $0.55
   Group II                                         20.68            5.34               $0.55
   Group III                                        20.76            5.34               $0.55
   Group IV                                         20.88            5.34               $0.55
   Group V                                          20.93            5.34               $0.55
   Group VI                                         21.03            5.34               $0.55
   Group VII                                        21.13            5.34               $0.55
   Group VIII                                       21.27            5.34               $0.55
   Group IX                                         21.42            5.34               $0.55
NOTE: SUBSISTENCE AND INCENTIVE RATES BY TRADE & LOCATION
#1 - Inside Electricians working at a Los Alamos County job site get $4.10/hr. subsistence pay plus base/fringe. Inside
Electricians working at a Lea Co. job site get $75.00/day subsistence pay plus base/fringe.

#2 - Ironworkers working on projects 50+ miles over the most direct regularly traveled route from Albuquerque, or the
employee's home, whichever is closer, shall be paid $5.00/hr. subsistence plus base/fringe. The "Big I" Interchange in
Albuquerque, or the employee's home, respectively shall be used as basing points. The current State of New Mexico
Official Highway Map shall be the reference for routes and distances. All of Santa Fe County shall be $5.00/hr
subsistence area.
#3 - Plumbers/Pipefitters working at a Los Alamos County job site get $.80/hr. incentive pay plus base/fringe.
#4 - Sheet Metal Workers working at a Los Alamos County job site get $2.00/hr. incentive pay plus base/fringe.
#4 - Sheet Metal Workers living 60+ miles from a San Juan County job site get $3.00/hr. subsistence pay plus
base/fringe. Sheet Metal Workers working 90+ miles from Contractors Homebase & employees home get
$50.00/day subsistence pay plus base/fringe regardless of county.
                                CHANGE ORDER
Project Name:

Contract No.                                  Contract Date:

Change Order No. ___________ SHARE Contract No. _______________ SHARE CO# ______________

Owner: Energy, Minerals and Natural Resources Department, State Parks Division

Contractor:

You are directed to make the following change(s) in the Contract:




                                CONTRACT STATUS SUMMARY

1. Original Contract Amount …………………………………….. $

2. Total Amount of Previously Approved Change Orders………. $

3. Total Contract Amount prior to this Change Order (including
   Previously Approved Change Orders): ……………………….                   $

4. Amount of this Change Order …………………….………….. $

5. Total Revised Contract Amount (including this Change Order) $

6. Original Contract Completion Date ………………………………

7. Contract Completion Date Prior to this Change order

8. Contract Time will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by           days

9. New Completion Date Due to this Change Order ………………..




ADDENDA AND MODIFICATION                     09-08-09                            00900-1
CHANGE ORDER ACCEPTED AND APPROVED



By:                                                Date:
      Contractor


CHANGE ORDER RECOMMEDED



By:                                                Date:
      Project Architect


CHANGE ORDER APPROVED



By:                                                Date:
      Deputy Director



By:                                                Date:
      Division Director



By:                                                Date:
      For the EMNRD Cabinet Secretary




ADDENDA AND MODIFICATION                09-08-09           00900-2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1         WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

      A.    Project Identification:        Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park
                       Project Location:   Elephant Butte lake State Park
                                           101 Highway 195
                                           Elephant Butte, N.M. 87935
                       Mailing Address:    P.O. Box 13
                                           Elephant Butte, N.M. 87935

                      Owner: EMNRD, State Parks Division.

      B.    Architect Identification: Robert J. Vadurro, AIA of the Design and Development Bureau of the
            State Parks Division, Energy, Minerals and Natural Resources Department, prepared the Contract
            Documents, dated August 1, 2011, for this project.

      C.    Construct pre-engineered painted steel equipment sheds, one two double bay open, one two
            double bay enclosed with garage doors and one triple double bay long and high. Provide steel
            fence, stuccoed concrete masonry walls and pilasters and custom painted steel gates. Provide
            electrical and water utility extensions and equipment, including yard and post hydrants, valves,
            power distribution, power outlets and lighting fixtures. Provide concrete footings and patching.
            Provide pre-engineered building engineering stamped by a New Mexico-licensed engineer.
            Demolition of nearby building to be performed by Owner’s forces; coordinate with Owner for
            demolition of portions of existing masonry walls. All work to be as shown on the drawings and
            described in these specifications, dated August 1, 2011. All bidding contractors shall include a
            $10,000 contingency sum in base bids.

      D.    The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced not later than 10 consecutive
            calendar days after the date of the written Notice to Proceed, and that Substantial Completion
            shall be achieved not later than 180 calendar days after the date of the written Notice to Proceed,
            except as hereafter extended by valid written Change Order by the owner.

      E.    Project will be constructed under a general construction contract.


1.2         USE OF PREMISES

      General: Contractor shall have full use of area designated as “work area” for construction operations,
      including use of Project site. Contractor's use of premises is limited by Owner's right to perform work
      or to retain other contractors on portions of Project, and the need to maintain safe access to park
      facilities by the public.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)




SUMMARY                                          Rev   10-22-09                                     01100 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)


END OF SECTION 01100




SUMMARY                           Rev   10-22-09    01100 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SECTION 01210 - ALLOWANCES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1         SUMMARY

      This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the following:

      Contingency allowances.


1.2         SUBMITTALS

      Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for
      Change Orders.


1.3         CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE

      A.    Include a Contingency Allowance of $10,000 as part of the Base Bid.

      B.    Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by
            Owner’s authorization that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance.

      C.    Contractor's overhead, profit, bonds, insurance and tax for changes ordered by Owner under the
            contingency allowance are not to be included in the allowance but are part of the Contract Sum.
            The costs to be charged to the allowance include only materials, labor, delivery, equipment
            rental and subcontractor costs, and similar costs.

      D.    Changes authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will not include Contractor's
            related costs. Overhead and profit margins, including bonds, insurance and taxes, are not to be
            included in charges to the allowance.

      E.    At Project closeout, unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance will be credited to
            Owner by Change Order. The Contractor will not retain unused contingency allowance funds.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         EXAMINATION

      Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return
      damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.




ALLOWANCES                                                                                        01210 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park




3.2         PREPARATION

      Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations
      to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work.


END OF SECTION 01210




ALLOWANCES                                                                                         01210 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SECTION 01290 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1         SUMMARY

      This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process
      Applications for Payment.


1.2         SCHEDULE OF VALUES

      A.    Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of
            Contractor's Construction Schedule.

            1.    Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms
                  and schedules, including Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets.
            2.    Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than
                  seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.

      B.    Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items
            for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.

            1.    Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:

                  a.    Project name and location.
                  b.    Name of Architect.
                  c.    Contractor's name and address.
                  d.    Date of submittal.

            2.    Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the
                  following for each item listed:

                  a.    Related Specification Section or Division.
                  b.    Description of the Work.
                  c.    Name of subcontractor.
                  d.    Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
                  e.    Name of supplier.
                  f.    Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
                  g.    Dollar value: a percentage of the Contract Sum to the nearest one-hundreth
                        percent, adjusted to total 100%.

            3.    Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued
                  evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project
                  Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts,
                  where appropriate.

            4.    Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.



PAYMENT PROCEDURES                                    Rev. 01-25-10                                01290 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           5.    Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where
                 Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated
                 and stored, but not yet installed.

           6.    Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete.
                 Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.
                 Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-
                 place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed
                 as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.

           7.    Include a reasonable sum for close-out punch list.

           8.    Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next
                 Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result
                 in a change in the Contract Sum.


1.3        APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

      A.   Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as
           certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. Initial Application for Payment, Application for
           Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve
           additional requirements.

      B.   Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement
           between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application
           for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.

      C.   Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation
           Sheets as form for Applications for Payment.

      D.   Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person
           authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete
           applications without action.

           1.    Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction
                 Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
           2.    Include amounts of Change Orders issued before last day of construction period covered
                 by application.

      E.   Transmittal: Submit three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment
           to Architect. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required.
           Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
           information about application.

      F.   Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals, as approved by the
           Architect, that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include
           the following:

           1.    List of subcontractors.
           2.    Schedule of values.



PAYMENT PROCEDURES                                   Rev. 01-25-10                                01290 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

       3.    Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final).
       4.    List of Contractor's staff assignments.
       5.    Copies of building permits.
       6.    Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
       7.    Performance and payment bonds.
       8.    Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.

  G.   Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial
       Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100% completion for portion of the
       Work claimed as substantially complete.

       Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement
       showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.

  H.   Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting
       documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the
       following:

       1.    Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
       2.    Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof
             that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
       3.    Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
       4.    AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."
       5.    AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."
       6.    AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."
       7.    Evidence that claims have been settled.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)


PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)


END OF SECTION 01290




PAYMENT PROCEDURES                                Rev. 01-25-10                             01290 - 3
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop
           Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals.

      B.   See Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties Project Record
           Documents and operation and maintenance manuals.

      C.   See specification sections in Divisions 2 through 16 for specific and additional requirements for
           submittals.


1.2        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action.

      B.   Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's approval.
           Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.


1.3        SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

      A.   Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
           construction activities.

           1.    Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
                 submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
           2.    Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so
                 processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
                 coordination.

                 a.     Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
                        coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

                 b.     Submittals requiring color selection must be provided to the Architect at the same
                        time for a comprehensive, coordinated color selection process.

      B.   Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as
           follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal.

           1.    Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time
                 if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals.
                 Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for
                 coordination.
           2.    Allow 15 days for processing each resubmittal.


SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES                                                                              01330 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           3.    No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
                 submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing.

      C.   Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.

           1.    Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
           2.    Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block to record
                 Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.
           3.    Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:

                 a.     Project name.
                 b.     Date.
                 c.     Name and address of Architect.
                 d.     Name and address of Contractor.
                 e.     Name and address of subcontractor.
                 f.     Name and address of supplier.
                 g.     Name of manufacturer.
                 h.     Unique identifier, including revision number.
                 i.     Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
                 j.     Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
                 k.     Other necessary identification.

           4.    Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract
                 Documents on submittals. Include Contractor's certification stating that information
                 submitted complies with requirements of the Contract Documents.

      D.   Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless
           Architect observes noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial submittal
           may serve as final submittal.

           1.    Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will be marked with action taken
                 and will be returned.

           2.    Provide one additional copy for Owner’s records.

           3.    Provide one additional copy for submittals requiring engineer review, including
                 structural, mechanical and electrical.

      E.   Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
           fabricators, installers, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show
           distribution on transmittal forms.

      F.   Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect
           in connection with construction.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.


SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES                                                                                01330 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

       Number of Copies: Architect will retain one copy for himself and one for consultant such as
       structural, mechanical and electrical engineers (when relevant). Submit as many additional
       copies as necessary for Contractor’s purposes. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a
       Project Record Document.

  B.   Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and
       type of product or equipment.

       1.    If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are
             not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
       2.    Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
       3.    Include the following information, as applicable:

             a.    Manufacturer's written recommendations.
             b.    Manufacturer's product specifications.
             c.    Manufacturer's installation instructions.
             d.    Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
             e.    Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
             f.    Printed performance curves.
             g.    Operational range diagrams.
             h.    Compliance with recognized trade association standards.
             i.    Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.

  C.   Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
       Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.

       1.    Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable:

             a.    Dimensions.
             b.    Identification of products.
             c.    Fabrication and installation drawings.
             d.    Roughing-in and setting diagrams.
             e.    Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and
                   control wiring.
             f.    Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
             g.    Templates and patterns.
             h.    Schedules.
             i.    Notation of coordination requirements.
             j.    Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.

       2.    Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed
             wiring.
       3.    Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop
             Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches.

  D.   Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following:
       1.   Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or
            sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.

             Submit one full set of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar
             characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect
             will return submittal with options selected.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES                                                                        01330 - 3
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           2.    Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared
                 from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified,
                 and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of
                 color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, partial
                 sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials;
                 complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and
                 pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.

                 Submit two sets of Samples. Architect will retain one Sample set; remainder will be
                 returned.

           3.    Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review
                 of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated.
                 Attach label on unexposed side.
           4.    Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these
                 characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between
                 final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
           5.    Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-
                 control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be
                 used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
           6.    Note that Architect must have all submittals requiring color, pattern, texture, etc.
                 selection at the same time in order to make a coordinated selection. Submittals will be
                 retained pending receipt of all submittals requiring such a selection. Contract time
                 extensions will not be granted due to Contractor’s failure to submit all color selections in
                 a timely fashion, as stated.


2.2        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.

           1.    Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
                 Architect will not return copies.
           2.    Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of
                 entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be
                 signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that
                 entity.

           3.    Test and Inspection Reports: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise
                 indicated. Architect will not return copies.

      B.   Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience
           of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
           and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

      C.   Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
           product complies with requirements.

      D.   Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
           Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project.




SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES                                                                               01330 - 4
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

  E.   Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
       that manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience
       where required.

  F.   Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
       material complies with requirements.

  G.   Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
       standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with
       requirements.

  H.   Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
       agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed
       before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate
       preparation needed for adhesion.

  I.   Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
       standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during
       installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with
       requirements.

  J.   Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by
       manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by
       manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed
       by a qualified testing agency.

  K.   Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization
       acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect
       for Project.

  L.   Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and
       normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 1
       Section "Closeout Procedures."

  M.   Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to,
       performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.
       Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads.
       Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for
       calculations. Include page numbers.

  N.   Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents
       manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a
       product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of
       manufacturer.

  O.   Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized
       service representative's tests and inspections.




SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES                                                                          01330 - 5
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

      A.   Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note
           corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.

      B.   Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name
           and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date
           of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked,
           and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

      C.   All submittals requiring a color selection must be provided to the Architect at the same time so
           that a simultaneous, coordinated color section may be made. Color selections will not be made
           until all submittals requiring color selection have been made to the Architect.


3.2        ARCHITECT'S ACTION

      A.   General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and
           will return them without action.

      B.   Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or
           modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp
           and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows:

           1.    Approved as submitted.

           2.    Approved as noted.

           3.    Revise and resubmit.

           4.    Rejected.

      C.   Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will
           reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each
           submittal to appropriate party.


END OF SECTION 01330




SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES                                                                             01330 - 6
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

           This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary
           utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.


1.2        USE CHARGES

      A.   General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect
           and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and
           facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Architect, testing and inspecting agencies
           and personnel of authorities having jurisdiction.

      B.   Water Service: Use water from Owner's existing water system without metering and without
           payment of use charges. Contractor is responsible for locating service. Owner does not warrant
           service is available.

      C.   Electric Power Service: Use electric power from Owner's existing system without metering and
           without payment of use charges. Contractor is responsible for locating service. Owner does not
           warrant service is available.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

           Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and
           NFPA 241. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations
           for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.


1.4        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use
           of temporary service to use of permanent service. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities:
           Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and
           protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's
           acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.

      B.   Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities
           by all parties engaged in the Work:

           1.    Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat.
           2.    Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work.




TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS                                                                  01500 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MATERIALS

      A.   General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable
           condition may be used if approved by Architect. Provide materials suitable for use intended.

      B.   Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric
           fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line
           posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top rails.

      C.   Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry."

      D.   Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool,
           containing no formaldrehyde; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25
           and 50, respectively.

      E.   Tarpaulins: Fire-resistive labeled with flame-spread rating of 15 or less.

      F.   Water: Potable.


2.2        EQUIPMENT

      A.   Field Offices: Mobile units with lockable entrances, operable windows, and serviceable
           finishes; heated and air conditioned; on foundations adequate for normal loading.

      B.   Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as
           indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures.
           Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required
           by location and class of fire exposure.

      C.   Self-Contained Toilet Units: Single-occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation, or
           combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar
           nonabsorbent material.

      D.   Drinking-Water Fixtures: Containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-water, drinking-water units,
           including paper cup supply.

      E.   Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide
           vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas heaters with individual space thermostatic control.

           1.    Use of kerosene or gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-
                 type heating units is prohibited.
           2.    Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
                 jurisdiction, and marked for intended use for type of fuel being consumed.

      F.   Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to
           120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset
           button, and pilot light.



TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS                                                                01500 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      G.   Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for
           surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be
           nonmetallic sheathed cable.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.   Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference
           with performance of the Work and Owner’s operations, as acceptable to the Architect. Relocate
           and modify facilities as required. Stay within the “Work Area” for all facilities, vehicle parking,
           stored materials and equipment, as identified on the plans.

      B.   Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as
           required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use
           of completed permanent facilities.


3.2        TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

      A.   General: As applicable, engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or
           connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide
           the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility
           company recommendations.

           1.    Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be
                 interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
           2.    Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is
                 available, provide trucked-in services.

      B.   Sewers and Drainage: Neither sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge
           of effluent. Provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off-site in a lawful manner.

      C.   Water Service: Use of Owner's existing water service facilities will be permitted, as long as
           facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial
           Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.

           1.    Provide rubber hoses as necessary to serve Project site.
           2.    Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a
                 drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly
                 from pans.

      D.   Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures.
           Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and
           maintenance of fixtures and facilities.

           1.    Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar
                 disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste
                 containers for disposal of used material.


TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS                                                                   01500 - 3
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

       2.    Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy.

       3.    Drinking-Water Facilities: Provide bottled-water, drinking-water units.

  E.   Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities
       for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from
       adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that
       will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Maintain a
       minimum temperature of 50 deg F in permanently enclosed portions of building for normal
       construction activities, and 65 deg F for finishing activities and areas where finished Work has
       been installed.

  F.   Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction
       activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction
       from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a
       harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation
       requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

  G.   Electric Power Service: Use of Owner's existing electric power service will be permitted, as
       long as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. Maintain power to nearby
       facilities.

  H.   Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and
       equipment. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords
       if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not
       exceed safe length-voltage ratio.

  I.   Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination
       for construction operations and traffic conditions.

       1.    Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements
             without operating entire system.
       2.    Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp per 500 sq. ft., uniformly distributed, for general
             lighting, or equivalent illumination.
       3.    Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp every 50 feet in traffic areas.

  J.   Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period for
       common-use facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities.

       1.    Provide additional telephone lines for the following: Provide a dedicated telephone line
             for each facsimile machine and computer with modem in each field office.

       2.    At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers, including police and fire
             departments ambulance service, Contractor's home office, Architect's office and principal
             subcontractors' field and home offices.
       3.    Provide voice-mail service on superintendent's telephone.
       4.    Provide a portable cellular telephone for superintendent's use in making and receiving
             telephone calls when away from field office.
       5.    Provide e-mail access to the superintendent so he/she may be copied and participate in
             important correspondence pertaining to the job.



TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS                                                               01500 - 4
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

3.3        SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Comply with the following:

           1.    Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction
                 and support facilities for easy access, in locations acceptable to the Architect. Do not
                 block access to roads. Do not locate beyond the area designated as “Work Area” on the
                 plans.
           2.    Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial
                 Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use
                 permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.

      B.   Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections
           for temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations not directly associated with
           construction activities included in individual Sections. Where feasible, use same facilities.
           Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.

      C.   Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare Project identification and other signs in
           sizes indicated. Install signs where indicated to inform public and persons seeking entrance to
           Project. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs.

           1.    Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics for Project identification signs.
                 Comply with details indicated.
           2.    Prepare temporary signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and
                 visitors.

      D.   Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle
           waste from construction operations. Locate as acceptable to the architect. Containerize and
           clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.

           1.    If required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers, clearly labeled,
                 for each type of waste material to be deposited.
           2.    Provide separate waste receptacles or collection methods to facilitate recycling of
                 construction waste materials, including metals, gypsum board, cardboard, paper, glass,
                 plastics. Recycle as much of the construction waste as is possible (feasible).

      E.   Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate
           materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services. Sheds may be open
           shelters or fully enclosed spaces within building or elsewhere on-site, as acceptable to the
           Architect.

      F.   Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials and personnel. Truck cranes and
           similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not
           temporary facilities.


3.4        SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

      A.   Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
           construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that
           minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable


TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS                                                                   01500 - 5
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of
           noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms
           near Project site, or, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.

      B.   Stormwater Control: Comply with the “Stormwater Management Plan” Provide silt fences,
           earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction,
           sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.

      C.   Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line
           of trees and plants to remain to protect vegetation from construction damage. Protect tree and
           plant root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.

      D.   Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, install enclosure fence with
           lockable entrance gates. Locate in area designated as “Work Area”, enclose the Project site
           (work area) or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations, as
           approved by Architect. Take care not to disturb vegetation outside of the designated limit of
           work. Install in a manner that will prevent people, dogs, and other animals from easily entering
           site except by entrance gates.

           1.    Set fixed chain-link fence posts in compacted mixture of gravel and earth.
           2.    Provide gates in sizes and at locations necessary to accommodate delivery vehicles and
                 other construction operations.
           3.    Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized
                 personnel. Provide Owner with one set of keys.

      E.   Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for
           erecting structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning
           signs to inform personnel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and needed,
           provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.

      F.   Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in
           progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar
           activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.

           1.    Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide
                 insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material
                 drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.
           2.    Vertical Openings: Close openings of 25 sq. ft. or less with plywood or similar materials.
           3.    Horizontal Openings: Close openings in floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with
                 load-bearing, wood-framed construction.
           4.    Install tarpaulins securely using fire-retardant-treated wood framing and other materials.


3.5        OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

      A.   Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
           abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. Keep activities
           within the limit of work. Avoid damage to vegetation outside of the limit of work.

      B.   Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from
           damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements.


TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS                                                                  01500 - 6
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

       1.    Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
             ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated
             results and to avoid possibility of damage.
       2.    Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines.
             Protect from damage during excavation operations.

  C.   Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
       ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than
       Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may
       have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work,
       clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

       1.    Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor.
             Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
       2.    At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during
             construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 1 Section
             "Closeout Procedures."


END OF SECTION 01500




TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS                                                               01500 - 7
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selecting products for use
           in Project; product substitutions; and comparable products.

      B.   See Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for contract closeout.

      C.   See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and
           installations specified to be warranted.


1.2        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or
           taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"
           "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

           1.    Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or
                 model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published product
                 literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
           2.    New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or
                 facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless
                 explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not
                 considered new products.
           3.    Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal
                 process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities
                 related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties,
                 appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

      B.   Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from
           those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

      C.   Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for
           a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

      D.   Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents,
           either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for
           Owner.


1.3        PRODUCT WARRANTIES

           Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other
           warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on



PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS                                Rev. 01-05-10                               01600 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

       product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract
       Documents.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1    PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS

       Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following
       conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return
       requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

       1.    Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy
             conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner
             must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect
             for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and
             similar considerations.
       2.    Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
       3.    Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
             indicated results.
       4.    Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
       5.    Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.
       6.    Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
             jurisdiction.
       7.    Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
       8.    Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
       9.    Requested substitution provides specified warranty.


2.2    COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

       Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to
       other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product:

       1.    Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
             Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the
             indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
       2.    Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the
             Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size,
             durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.
       3.    Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
       4.    List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and
             names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
       5.    Samples, if requested.


PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)


END OF SECTION 01601



PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS                            Rev. 01-05-10                               01600 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work
           including, but not limited to, the following:

           1.    Construction layout.
           2.    Field engineering and surveying.
           3.    General installation of products.
           4.    Progress cleaning.
           5.    Starting and adjusting.
           6.    Protection of installed construction.
           7.    Correction of the Work.

      B.   See Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project
           Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels,
           and final cleaning.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of
           improvements comply with requirements.

      B.   Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept
           hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.

      C.   Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor.

      D.   Final Property Survey: Submit two copies showing the Work performed and record survey
           data.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

           Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice
           in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying
           services of the kind indicated.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)


PART 3 - EXECUTION




EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS                                       Rev. 01-05-10                         01700 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other
           construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and
           verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction
           affecting the Work.

                 Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services.

      B.   Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
           construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate
           and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting
           the Work.

                 Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public
                 utilities serving Project site.

      C.   Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or
           Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
           and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

           1.    Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
                 existing finishes or primers.
           2.    Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of
                 connections before equipment and fixture installation.
           3.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
                 Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.


3.2        PREPARATION

      A.   Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or
           relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances
           located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

      B.   Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or
           others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
           temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

           1.    Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
           2.    Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission.

      C.   Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck
           measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to
           other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before
           fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the
           Work.

      D.   Space Requirements:     Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown
           diagrammatically on Drawings.




EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS                                        Rev. 01-05-10                          01700 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      E.   Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for
           clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include
           a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the
           Contract Documents.


3.3        CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

      A.   Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on
           Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are
           discovered, notify Architect promptly. Provide a rough layout of improvements on the site.
           Alert Architect of any discrepancies, conflicts or potential problems. Adjust layout as directed
           by Architect in field. Obtain Architect’s approval prior to final layout.

      B.   General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.

           1.    Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of
                 construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
           2.    Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain
                 required dimensions.
           3.    Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
           4.    Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.
           5.    Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable
                 tolerances.
           6.    Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established
                 by authorities having jurisdiction.

      C.   Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill
           and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations.

      D.   Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building
           foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and
           electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels.
           Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.

      E.   Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and
           levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and
           duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log
           available for reference by Architect.


3.4        FIELD ENGINEERING

      A.   Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference
           points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control
           points during construction operations.

      B.   Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site,
           referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having
           jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.




EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS                                      Rev. 01-05-10                        01700 - 3
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

                 Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record
                 Documents.

      C.   Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work
           requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations,
           angles, and elevations of construction and sitework.

      D.   Final Property Survey: Prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real
           property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor that
           principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the
           survey.

                 Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or
                 with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey."


3.5        INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and
           elevation, as indicated.

           1.    Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
           2.    Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance
                 and ease of removal for replacement.
           3.    Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in
           applications indicated.

      C.   Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.
           Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

      D.   Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or
           loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

      E.   Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component
           securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.

           1.    Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at
                 heights directed by Architect.
           2.    Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.

      F.   Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated,
           arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

      G.   Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered
           hazardous.


3.6        PROGRESS CLEANING




EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS                                        Rev. 01-05-10                          01700 - 4
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      A.   General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate
           progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce
           requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

           1.    Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and
                 debris.
           2.    Do not hold materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the
                 temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).
           3.    Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
                 Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

      B.   Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

      C.   Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for
           proper execution of the Work.

           1.    Remove liquid spills promptly.
           2.    Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the
                 entire work area, as appropriate.

      D.   Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written
           instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials
           specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning
           materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

      E.   Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

      F.   Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing
           waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.

      G.   During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining
           materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from
           damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

      H.   Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through
           the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure
           operability without damaging effects.

      I.   Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the
           construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise
           deleterious exposure during the construction period.


3.7        STARTING AND ADJUSTING

      A.   Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation.                   Remove
           malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

      B.   Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for
           proper operation.




EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS                                        Rev. 01-05-10                       01700 - 5
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      C.   Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties.
           Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.


3.8        PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

      A.   Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage
           or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

      B.   Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.


3.9        CORRECTION OF THE WORK

                 Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and
                 finishes. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces,
                 touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.

      A.   Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.

      B.   Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired
           without visible evidence of repair.

      C.   Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components
           that cannot be repaired.

      D.   Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.


END OF SECTION 01700




EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS                                       Rev. 01-05-10                       01700 - 6
SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,
           including, but not limited to, the following:

           1.    Inspection procedures.
           2.    Project record documents.
           3.    Operation and maintenance manuals.
           4.    Warranties.
           5.    Instruction of Owner's personnel.
           6.    Final cleaning.

      B.   See Divisions 2 through 16 for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for products
           of those Sections.


1.2        SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

      A.   Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
           Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.

           1.    Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on
                 the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.
           2.    Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
           3.    Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
                 certifications, and similar documents.
           4.    Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to
                 services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar
                 releases.
           5.    Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals,
                 damage or settlement surveys, and similar final record information.
           6.    Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials (attic stock), and similar items to location
                 designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where
                 applicable.
           7.    Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's
                 personnel of changeover in security provisions.
           8.    Complete startup testing of systems.
           9.    Submit test/adjust/balance records.
           10.   Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
                 construction tools, and similar elements.
           11.   Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.
           12.   Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and
                 maintenance.
           13.   Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.



CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES                             Rev. 01-25-10                                   01770 - 1
            14.   Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual
                  defects.

      B.    Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of
            request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled
            requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection
            or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by
            Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

            1.    Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections
                  as incomplete is completed or corrected.
            2.    Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final
                  Completion.


1.3         FINAL COMPLETION

      A.    Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final
            Completion, complete the following:

            1.    Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment
                  Procedures."
            2.    Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be
                  completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy
                  of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for
                  acceptance.
            3.    Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
                  requirements.
            4.    Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,
                  equipment, and systems.

      B.    Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,
            Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements.
            Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor
            of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. Re-
            inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
            incomplete is completed or corrected.


1.4         LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

      Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area
      affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if
      necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction

            1.    Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first.
            2.    Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,
                  individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.


1.5         PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS



CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES                               Rev. 01-25-10                                   01770 - 2
      A.   General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project
           Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents
           for Architect's reference during normal working hours.

      B.   Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black-line white prints of Contract
           Drawings and Shop Drawings.

           1.    Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that
                 shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether
                 individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up
                 Record Prints.

                 a.     Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be
                        readily identified and recorded later.
                 b.     Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup
                        before enclosing concealed installations.

           2.    Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
                 between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.
           3.    Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate
                 numbers, and similar identification where applicable.
           4.    Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD
                 DRAWING" in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets; bind each set with
                 durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.

      C.   Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and
           contract modifications. Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where installation
           varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.

           1.    Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
                 cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
           2.    Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and
                 equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
           3.    Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings, where applicable.


1.6        OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

      A.   Assemble two complete sets of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and
           maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include
           operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows:

           1.    Operation Data: Include emergency instructions and procedures, system and equipment
                 descriptions, operating procedures, and sequence of operations.
           2.    Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's information, list of spare parts, maintenance
                 procedures, maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance,
                 and copies of warranties and bonds.

      B.   Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind and
           index data in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to
           accommodate contents, with pocket inside the covers to receive folded oversized sheets.



CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES                              Rev. 01-25-10                                     01770 - 3
            Identify each binder on front and spine with the printed title "OPERATION AND
            MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project name, and subject matter of contents.


1.7         WARRANTIES

      A.    Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the
            Project Manual.

            1.    Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders,
                  thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch
                  paper.
            2.    Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark
                  tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or
                  installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone
                  number of Installer.
            3.    Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
                  "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.

      B.    Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1         MATERIALS

      Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of
      the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or
      property or that might damage finished surfaces.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

      Instruction: Instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and
      equipment not part of a system.

            1.    Provide instructors experienced in operation and maintenance procedures.
            2.    Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires seasonal
                  operation, provide similar instruction at the start of each season.
            3.    Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance
                  notice.
            4.    Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of
                  instruction, and course content.

            5.    Include instruction for system design and operational philosophy, review of
                  documentation, operations, adjustments, troubleshooting, maintenance, and repair.




CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES                              Rev. 01-25-10                                   01770 - 4
3.2        FINAL CLEANING

      A.   General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply
           with local laws and ordinances and federal, state and local environmental and antipollution
           regulations, rules or ordinances.

      B.   Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each
           surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and
           maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

           Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of
           Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:

                 a.    Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,
                       including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other
                       foreign substances.
                 b.    Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other
                       foreign deposits.
                 c.    Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured
                       surface.
                 d.    Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from
                       Project site.
                 e.    Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,
                       free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural
                       weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
                       condition.
                 f.    Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,
                       plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.
                 g.    Sweep concrete floors broom-clean in unoccupied spaces.
                 h.    Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap;
                       shampoo if visible soil or stains remain.
                 i.    Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
                       Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials.
                       Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish
                       mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.
                 j.    Remove labels that are not permanent.
                 k.    Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces.
                       Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or
                       that already show evidence of repair or restoration.

                       Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical
                       nameplates.

                 l.    Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment.
                       Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign
                       substances.
                 m.    Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.
                 n.    Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains
                       resulting from water exposure.
                 o.    Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed
                       surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.


CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES                             Rev. 01-25-10                                    01770 - 5
             p.    Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.
                   Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and
                   defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply
                   with requirements for new fixtures.
             q.    Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

  C.   Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or
       excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous
       materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of
       lawfully.


END OF SECTION 01770




CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES                         Rev. 01-25-10                                    01770 - 6
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1         SUMMARY

      This Section includes the following:

            1.     Preparing subgrades.
            2.     Excavating and backfilling.
            3.     Drainage course for slabs-on-grade.
            4.     Subbase course for concrete walks and pavements.
            5.     Gravel finish surfaces.
            6.     Culverts.
            7.     Rock plating.


1.2         DEFINITIONS

      A.    Backfill: Soil materials used to fill an excavation.

      B.    Bedding Course: Layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe.

      C.    Borrow: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.

      D.    Drainage Course: Layer supporting slab-on-grade used to minimize capillary flow of pore
            water.

      E.    Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations.

            1.     Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by Architect.
                   Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract
                   provisions for changes in the Work.
            2.     Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated
                   dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial
                   work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation.

      F.    Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.

      G.    Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical
            and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below
            the ground surface.

      H.    Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or
            backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.

      I.    Utilities include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground
            services within buildings.



EARTHWORK                                                                                          02300 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

1.3        SUBMITTALS

           Test reports showing material complies with specifications.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        SOIL MATERIALS

      A.   General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not
           available from excavations.

      B.   Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM,
           or a combination of these group symbols; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any
           dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.

      C.   Unsatisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH,
           OL, OH, and PT, or a combination of these group symbols.

      D.   Backfill and Fill: Satisfactory soil materials.

      E.   Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
           stone, and natural or crushed sand; NMSHTD class II aggregate, conforming to section 304,
           NMSHTD. Course aggregate to be crushed angular stone or crushed or screened gravel. No
           sandstone allowed. Fine aggregate to be well graded natural sand or stone screenings. The
           several aggregate fractions shall be sized, uniformly graded and combined in such proportions
           that the resulting composite mixture meets the following requirements when in accordance with
           ASSTO T11 and T17.

             Sieve Size                                 Percent passing

                 1 in,                                         100

                 ¾ in.                                         80-100

                 No. 4                                         30-60

                 No. 10                                         20-45

                 No. 200                                       3-10

                 Two fractured faces (plus 4 material)         50% or more

      F.   Bedding: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone,
           and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; except with 100 percent passing a 1-inch sieve and
           not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.

      G.   Drainage Fill: Washed, narrowly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed
           gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2- inch
           sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 sieve.



EARTHWORK                                                                                      02300 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      H.    Round Gravel Fill: Washed, round river run stones ¾” to 1 ½”.

      I.    Gravel for splashpads at downspout discharge: Washed, round river stones 2” to 5”.

      J.    Detectable Warning Tape: Polyethylene film warning tape encasing a metallic core, minimum
            6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility.

2.2         MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS


       A.   Geo-textile: The geotextile shall be nonwoven fabric meeting these requirements: weight of
            10.3 oz/sq yd (min); thickness of 120 mils (min); grab tensile of 300 lbs. (min); and a puncture
            resistence of 140 lbs. (min). The geotextile material shall be furnished in rolls wrapped in pro-
            tective covering. The fabric shall be free of defects or flaws which may significantly affects its
            physical properties. The geotextile shall be installed in accordance with these specifications,
            the manufacturer's written instructions, and as indicated on these drawings. Geotextile seams
            shall be sewn using a two-thread, double locked stitch. The thread shall be polyester sewing
            thread with a minimum tensile strength of 34 lbs. The sewing thread shall be a contrasting col-
            or to the fabric. The stitching shall be a minimum of 1.5 inches from the outside edge of the
            fabric and the stitch type shall be 401, meeting the latest requirements of Federal Standard No.
            751a.

  B.        Foundation Drainage Board: Light- duty impermeable polymeric sheets cuspated under heat and
            pressure to form a high flow dimpled drainage core. Provide a non-woven filter fabric bonded
            to the outward facing side. JDR Enterprises, Inc. “J-Drain 200” or approved equal.

  C.        Foundation drain pipe: 4” diameter PVC schedule 40 plastic pipe, perforated.

  D.        Corrugated Steel Pipe (CMP): As manufactured by Contech, Construction Products or approved
            equal. Provide 24” diameter, 10 gauge galvanized pipe with 2 2/3” x 1” corrugations. Provide
            manufacturer’s standard flared end sections of galvanized steel and banded connections
            including standard threaded rods, strap bolts, etc. for proper connections. Install on compacted
            base and according to AASHTO specifications for highway bridges, section 26, division 2, or
            ASTM A 798, and as shown on the drawings. Install in bottom of swale, sloped to allow for
            drainage through the CMP. Coordinate installation with other structures around the CMP.

  E.        Rock plating (rip-rap): provide angular 8” to 24” rock plating in area shown on drawings and as
            required to mitigate erosion due to water flow. Install a minimum of 24” deep. Install over geo-
            textile.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1         PREPARATION

      A.    Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
            settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, freezing temperatures or frost, and other
            hazards created by earthwork operations. Provide protective insulating materials as necessary.
            Install warning ribbon or similar means around trees to remain.




EARTHWORK                                                                                           02300 - 3
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      B.   Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of
           soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.

      C.   Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared
           subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area.

      D.   Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water
           accumulation.

      E.   Remove trees, shrubs, grasses and other vegetation as necessary, including roots. Remove the
           least amount of vegetation possible. Obtain architect’s approval to remove vegetation along
           perimeter of work area.


3.2        EXCAVATION

      A.   Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions
           encountered, including rock, soil materials, and obstructions.

           If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and
           rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.

      B.   Excavate for structures, pavements, and walks to indicated elevations and dimensions. Extend
           excavations for placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other
           construction, and for inspections. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base
           to receive other work.

      C.   Excavate utility trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and invert elevations of uniform
           widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls
           vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit.

           Excavate trenches deeper than bottom of pipe elevation, 6 inches deeper in rock, 4 inches
           deeper elsewhere, to allow for bedding course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe.

      D.   Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or
           construction activities.

      E.   Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation
           of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean
           concrete fill may be used when approved by Architect.

           Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by Architect.

      F.   Stockpile borrow materials and satisfactory soil materials, without intermixing, in shaped,
           graded, drained, and covered stockpiles. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of
           excavations and outside drip line of remaining trees, in locations approved by Architect.

      G.   Remove topsoil from building location, down approximately 12” below existing grade. Replace
           with engineered compacted fill to required level.


3.3        BACKFILLS AND FILLS


EARTHWORK                                                                                          02300 - 4
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

  A.   Utility Trench Backfill: Place, compact, and shape bedding course to provide continuous
       support for pipes and conduits over rock and other unyielding bearing surfaces and to fill
       unauthorized excavations.

       1.    Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil material or subbase material, free of
             particles larger than 1 inch, to a height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit. Place
             and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final subgrade.
       2.    Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6
             inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs.

  B.   Fill: Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations. Compact all fill to 95%
       MPD. Place in 8” maximum lifts prior to compaction.

  C.   Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before
       compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.

       Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds
       optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight.

  D.   Compaction: Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for
       material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth
       for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.

  E.   Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density according to
       ASTM D 698:

       1.    Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12
             inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent.
       2.    Under walkways, driveways, parking areas and similar, scarify and recompact top 6
             inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent.
       3.    Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and
             compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 90 percent.

  F.   Grading: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes.
       Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations
       indicated. Grade lawns, walks, and unpaved subgrades to tolerances of plus or minus 1 inch
       and pavements and areas within building lines to plus or minus 1/2 inch.

  G.   Subbase and Base Courses: Under pavements and walks and where noted on the plans, place
       base course on prepared subgrade. Compact to required grades, lines, cross sections, and
       thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557.

  H.   Under slabs-on-grade, place drainage course on prepared subgrade. Compact to required cross
       sections and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to
       ASTM D 698.

  I.   Crusher fines on Geotextile: lay geotixtile in flat, smooth subgrade to full extent. Provide
       crusher fine fill and compact to 90%, minimum, of maximum density.

  J.   Round Gravel Fill: Lay geotextile in smooth, graded, sloped drainage swale. Fill with river run
       smooth gravel fill.



EARTHWORK                                                                                       02300 - 5
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

3.4         FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.    Testing Agency: Contractor will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency
            acceptable to the Architect to perform field tests and inspections and to prepare test reports.

      B.    Allow testing agency to test and inspect subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with
            subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with
            requirements.

      C.    When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of
            compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth
            required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained.

      D.    Perform a minimum of one density test per ten cubic yards of backfill or one test per 8” lift.
           Perform minimum 2 tests under building slabs. Perform one test per 1000 s.f., three tests
           minimum, for driveways, parking lot or similar. Use nuclear method (ASTM D2922).


3.5         PROTECTION AND DISPOSAL

      A.    Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.

      B.    Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
            surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction.

      C.    Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing,
            backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.

      D.    Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil,
            trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property.


END OF SECTION 02300




EARTHWORK                                                                                          02300 - 6
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mix
           design, placement procedures, and finishes.

      B.   See Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade.

1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each manufactured material and product indicated.

      B.   Design Mixes: For each concrete mix indicated.

      C.   Shop Drawings: Include details of steel reinforcement placement including material, grade, bar
           schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports.

      D.   Material test reports.

      E.   Note that final design of footings under pre-engineered structures must be done after the pre-
           engineered building manufacturer has submitted frame reactions so the structural engineer may
           finalize footing design.

1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete
           products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment.

      B.   Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," including the following, unless
           modified by the requirements of the Contract Documents.

           1.    General requirements, including submittals, quality assurance, acceptance of structure,
                 and protection of in-place concrete.

           2.    Formwork and form accessories.

           3.    Steel reinforcement and supports.

           4.    Concrete mixtures.

           5.    Handling, placing, and constructing concrete.



      C.   Comply with ACI 316R Requirements for integrally colored concrete

      D.   Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1        MATERIALS




CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                         03300 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      A.   Formwork: Furnish formwork and form accessories according to ACI 301.

      B.   Steel Reinforcement:
           1.    Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed #5 bars and larger, Grade
                 40, deformed #4 bars and smaller.
           2.    Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn.
           3.    Plain-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into
                 flat sheets.
      C.   Concrete Materials:

           1.    Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II or I/II.

           2.    Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, not exceeding 1-1/2-inch
                 nominal size.

           3.    Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330.

           4.    Water: Complying with ASTM C 94.

      D.   Admixtures:

           1.    Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.

           2.    Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A.

           3.    High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F.

           4.    Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E.

           5.    Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D.

      E.   Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber.

      F.   Curing Materials:

           Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B.
           Use Davis Colors “W-1000 Clear Cure & Seal “ or approved equal on integrally colored
           concrete.

2.2        CONCRETE MIXES

      A.   Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures.

      B.   Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, for normal-weight concrete
           determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows:

           1.    Compressive Strength (28 Days): 3000 psi.

           2.    Slump: 4 inches.

      C.   Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of
           placement having an air content of 2.5 to 4.5 percent.

           Air content of trowel-finished interior concrete floors shall not exceed 3.0 percent.



CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                             03300 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

2.3        CONCRETE MIXING

      A.   Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with ASTM C 94.

           When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2
           hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time
           to 60 minutes.

      B.   Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project
           identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water added.
           Record approximate location of final deposit in structure.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1        INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.   Formwork:     Design, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to
           ACI 301.

      B.   Steel Reinforcement: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating,
           placing, and supporting reinforcement.

      C.   Joints: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.

           1.    Construction Joints: Locate and install so as not to impair strength or appearance of
                 concrete, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect.

           2.    Isolation Joints: Install joint-filler strips at junctions with slabs-on-grade and vertical
                 surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations,
                 as indicated.

                 Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete
                 surface, unless otherwise indicated.

           3.    Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints,
                 sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal
                 to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows:

                 Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing
                 each edge of joint with groover tool to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of
                 contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover marks on concrete
                 surfaces.

      D.   Tolerances: Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction
           and Materials."

      E.   Schedule delivery of concrete to provide consistent mix times from batching until discharge.

3.2        CONCRETE PLACEMENT

      A.   Comply with recommendations in ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing
           concrete.




CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                              03300 - 3
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      B.   Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement. Do not add
           water to integrally colored concrete, as color may not be consistent.

      C.   Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment.

3.3        FINISHING FORMED SURFACES

      A.   Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes
           and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in
           height rubbed down or chipped off.

           Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view.

      B.   Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in
           an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and
           defective areas. Completely remove fins and other projections.

           1.    Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or
                 covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing,
                 veneer plaster, or painting.

           2.    Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth-formed finish.

           3.    Apply grout-cleaned finish, defined in ACI 301, to smooth-formed finished concrete.

      C.   Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces
           adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent
           formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent
           unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.

      D.   Provide smooth trowel finish for interior slabs. Provide light broom finish for exterior slabs and
           walks.

3.4        CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING

      A.   General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
           temperatures.    Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection, and follow
           recommendations in ACI 305R for hot-weather protection during curing.

      B.   Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy
           conditions occur before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's
           written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before
           float finishing.

      C.   Begin curing after finishing concrete, but not before free water has disappeared from concrete
           surface.

      D.   Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days as follows:

           Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller
           according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within
           three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during
           curing period.




CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                             03300 - 4
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

3.5        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Testing Agency: Contractor is to will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting
           agency acceptable to the Architect to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports
           during concrete placement. Tests will be performed according to ACI 301.

      B.   Testing Frequency: One composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix exceeding
           5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof.

      C.   Provide test results for air entrainment, slump, ambient air temperature and weather conditions,
           and four cylinders for compressive strength break tests, per sample. Provide compressive test
           results for curing at 3 days past pour, 7 days past pour and 28 days past pour. Reserve one
           cylinder for future testing if previous tests do not meet specified minimums.


           END OF SECTION 03300




CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                               03300 - 5
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park



SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

      1.1     RELATED DOCUMENTS

      Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
      and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

      1.2     SUMMARY

      This Section includes the following:

      Reinforced unit masonry.

      1.3     DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.      Store masonry units on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location to prevent
              their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants,
              corrosion, and other causes. If units become wet, do not install until they are in an air-dried
              condition.

      B.      Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.

      C.      Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
              contamination avoided.

      D.      Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of
              dirt and oil.

      1.4     PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.      Protection of Masonry: During erection, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with
              waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when
              construction is not in progress.

              Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm) down both sides and hold cover securely in
              place.

      B.      Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with
              ice or frost. Do not build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Remove and replace unit
              masonry damaged by frost or freezing conditions. Comply with the following requirements:

              1.      Cold-Weather Construction: When the ambient temperature is within the limits
                      indicated, use the following procedures:
                      a.      40 to 32 deg F (4 to 0 deg C): Heat mixing water or sand to produce mortar
                              temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C).
                      b.      32 to 25 deg F (0 to -4 deg C): Heat mixing water and sand to produce
                              mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C. Maintain
                              mortar and grout above freezing until used in masonry.


UNIT MASONRY                                             1                                             04200
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


                        c.        25 to 20 deg F (-4 to -7 deg C): Heat mixing water and sand to produce
                                  mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C). Heat
                                  grout materials to produce grout temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4
                                  and 49 deg C). Maintain mortar and grout above freezing until used in
                                  masonry. Heat masonry units to 40 deg F (4 deg C) if grouting. Use heat
                                  on both sides of walls under construction.
                        d.        20 deg F (-7 deg C) and Below: Heat mixing water and sand to produce
                                  mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C). Heat
                                  grout materials to produce grout temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4
                                  and 49 deg C). Maintain mortar and grout above freezing until used in
                                  masonry. Heat masonry units to 40 deg F (4 deg C). Provide enclosures
                                  and use heat on both sides of walls under construction to maintain
                                  temperatures above 32 deg F (0 deg C) within the enclosures.

                2.      Cold-Weather Protection: When the mean daily temperature is within the limits
                        indicated, provide the following protection:
                        a.      40 to 25 deg F (4 to -4 deg C): Cover masonry with a weather-resistant
                                membrane for 48 hours after construction.
                        b.      25 to 20 deg F (-4 to -7 deg C): Cover masonry with insulating blanket or
                                provide enclosure and heat for 48 hours after construction to prevent
                                freezing. Install wind breaks when wind velocity exceeds 15 mi./h (25
                                km/h).
                        c.      20 deg F (-7 deg C) and Below: Provide enclosure and heat to maintain
                                temperatures above 32 deg F (0 deg C) within the enclosure for 48 hours
                                after construction.

                3.      Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is
                        40 deg F (4 deg C) and above and will remain so until masonry has dried out, but
                        not less than 7 days after completion of cleaning.

        C.      Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity
conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and wind
breaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 100 deg
F (38 deg C) and above.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

        2.1     CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS

        Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90 and as follows:
               1.     Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area
                      compressive strength of: F M= 1500 psi.
               2.     Weight Classification: Medium weight.
               3.     Aggregates: Do not use aggregates made from tuff.
               4.     Provide Type I, moisture-controlled units.
               5.     Size: Manufactured to the actual dimensions listed below (within tolerances
                      specified in the applicable referenced ASTM specification) for the corresponding
                      nominal sizes indicated on Drawings:

                             8 inch (200 mm) nominal: 7-5/8 inch (194 mm) actual.



UNIT MASONRY                                               2                                         04200
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


                                     6 inch nominal: 5 7/8” actual.

      2.2     MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS

      A       Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather
              construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color
              indicated.

      B.      Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91.

      C.      Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.

      D.      Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement complying with ASTM C
              150, Type I or Type III, and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C 207.

      E.      Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144; except for joints less than 1/4 inch (6.5 mm), use
              aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18 mm) sieve.

      F.      Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404.

      G.      Ready-Mixed Mortar: Cementitious materials, water, and aggregate complying with
              requirements specified in this Article; combined with set-controlling admixtures to produce
              a ready-mixed mortar complying with ASTM C 1142.

      H.      Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying
              with ASTM C 494, Type C, and recommended by the manufacturer for use in masonry
              mortar of composition indicated.

              Cold-Weather Admixture:
                    a.      Accelguard 80; Euclid Chemical Co.
                    b.      Morset; Grace: W.R. Grace & Co.

      I.      Water: Potable.

      2.3     REINFORCING STEEL

      Steel Reinforcing Bars: Material and grade as follows:

      Billet steel complying with ASTM A 615 (ASTM A 615M).

      2.4     JOINT REINFORCEMENT

      A.      General: Provide joint reinforcement formed from the following:

              Galvanized carbon-steel wire, coating class as follows: ASTM A 153, Class B-2.

      B.      Description: Welded-wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain
              cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet (3 m), with prefabricated corner and
              tee units. Wire Diameter for Side Rods: 0.1483 inch (3.8 mm). Wire Diameter for Cross
              Rods: 0.1483 inch (3.8 mm).



UNIT MASONRY                                             3                                           04200
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


      2.5   MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS

      A.    Unit Type Inserts in Concrete: Cast-iron or malleable-iron inserts of type and size
            indicated.

      B.    Anchor Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property
            Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat
            washers; hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153, Class C; of diameter and length
            indicated and in the following configurations:

                    Nonheaded bolts, bent in manner indicated.


      C.    Wire: As follows: Galvanized Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153, Class
            B-2 coating.

            .       Wire diameter: 9 gauge.

      D.    Epoxy anchoring system: 2 part epoxy anchoring system for anchoring rebar into concrete
            masonry. Simpson ET Epoxy-Tie anchoring system or approved equal. Install according to
            manufacturer’s instructions and as shown on the drawings.

      2.6   MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES

      A.    General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,
            retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless
            otherwise indicated.

            Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.

      B.    Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. Use Type
            S.

      C.    Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. Use grout of consistency indicated
            or, if not otherwise indicated, of consistency (fine or coarse) at time of placement that will
            completely fill spaces intended to receive grout.

 PART 3 - EXECUTION

      3.1   EXAMINATION

      A.    Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation
            tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of unit masonry. Do not proceed
            with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

      B.    Examine rough-in and built-in construction to verify actual locations of piping connections
            prior to installation.

      3.3   CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES




UNIT MASONRY                                            4                                            04200
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


      A.    Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls, and arrises, do not
            exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), nor 3/8 inch in 20 feet (10 mm in 6 m), nor 1/2
            inch in 40 feet (12 mm in 12 m) or more

      B.    Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal
            grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor
            1/2 inch in 40 feet (12 mm in 12 m) or more. For top surface of bearing walls, do not
            exceed 1/8 inch (3mm) in 10 feet (3 m), nor 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) within width of a single
            unit.

      3.4   LAYING MASONRY WALLS

      A.    Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint
            widths and for accurate locating of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets.
            Avoid the use of less-than-half-size units at corners, jambs, and where possible at other
            locations.
      B.    Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back 1/2-unit length for one-half
            running bond or 1/3-unit length for one-third running bond; do not tooth. Clean exposed
            surfaces of set masonry, wet clay masonry units lightly if required, and remove loose
            masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.

      C.    Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build-in items specified under this and other
            Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.

      D.    Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of
            metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.

      E.    Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches (600 mm) under bearing
            plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated.

      3.5   HORIZONTAL-JOINT REINFORCEMENT

      A.    General: Provide continuous horizontal-joint reinforcement as indicated. Install entire
            length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch (16 mm) on
            exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch (13 mm) elsewhere. Lap reinforcing a minimum of 6 inches
            (150 mm). Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c.

      B.    Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T"
            sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at
            returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions.

      3.6   REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING

      A.    Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise
            damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units;
            install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.

      B.    Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and
            completely fill with mortar. Point-up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent
            construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for application of
            sealants.


UNIT MASONRY                                           5                                            04200
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park



END OF SECTION 04200




UNIT MASONRY                               6        04200
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL

PART 1 - GENERAL

  1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

            Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
            Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

  1.2 SUMMARY

            .      This Section includes structural steel.

  1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

            A.     Structural Performance: Engineer structural steel connections required by the
                   Contract Documents to be selected or completed by the fabricator to withstand
                   design loadings indicated.

            B.     Engineering Responsibility: Engage a fabricator who utilizes a qualified
                   professional engineer to prepare calculations, Shop Drawings, and other structural
                   data for structural steel connections.

  1.4 SUBMITTALS

            A.     General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the
                   Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

            B.     Product Data for each type of product specified.

            C.     Shop Drawings detailing fabrication of structural steel components.

                   1.      Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other
                           pertinent data.
                   2.      Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and
                           field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld.
                   3.      Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and
                           field bolts. Identify high-strength bolted slip-critical, direct-tension, or
                           tensioned shear/bearing connections.
                   4.      Include Shop Drawings signed and sealed by a qualified professional
                           engineer responsible for their preparation.

            D.     Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance"
                   Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed
                   projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and
                   owners, and other information specified.

            E.     Mill test reports signed by manufacturers certifying that their products, including
                   the following, comply with requirements.

                   1.      Structural steel, including chemical and physical properties.


STRUCTURAL STEEL                          1                                              05120
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

                   2.      Bolts, nuts, and washers, including mechanical properties and chemical
                           analysis.
                   3.      Direct-tension indicators.
                   4.      Shear stud connectors.
                   5.      Shop primers.
                   6.      Nonshrink grout.

            F.     Manufacturer’s product information certifying recycled content, including detail of
                   post- industrial and post- consumer content.

  1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

            A.     Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed
                   structural steel work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this
                   Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.

            B.     Fabricator Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in fabricating structural steel
                   similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
                   performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to fabricate structural steel
                   without delaying the Work.

            C.     Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents:

                   1.      AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress
                           Design and Plastic Design."
                   2.      AISC's "Specification for Allowable Stress Design of Single-Angle
                           Members."
                   3.      AISC's "Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings."
                   4.      ASTM A 6 (ASTM A 6M) "Specification for General Requirements for
                           Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use."
                   5.      Research Council on Structural Connections' (RCSC) "Specification for
                           Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

            D.     Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally
                   authorized to practice in the jurisdiction where Project is located and who is
                   experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering
                   services are defined as those performed for projects with structural steel framing
                   that are similar to that indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

            E.     Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural
                   Welding Code--Steel."

                   Present evidence that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests
                   for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification.


  1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

            A.     Deliver structural steel to Project site in such quantities and at such times to ensure
                   continuity of installation.



STRUCTURAL STEEL                          2                                               05120
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

            B.      Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel
                    members off ground by using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel
                    members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration.

                    1.      Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts
                            that become dry or rusty before use.
                    2.      Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion
                            or damage to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged
                            materials or structures as directed.

  1.7 SEQUENCING

            Supply anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without
            delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions, as
            required, for installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

  2.1 MATERIALS

            A.      Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: As follows:

                    Carbon Steel: ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M).

            B.      Cold-Formed Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B.

            C.      Anchor Rods, Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: As follows:

                    1.      Unheaded Rods: ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M).
                    2.      Headed Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6);
                            carbon-steel, hex-head bolts; and carbon-steel nuts.
                    3.      Headed Bolts: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heavy hex steel
                            structural bolts and heavy hex carbon-steel nuts.
                    4.      Washers: ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M).

            D.      Nonhigh-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F
                    568, Property Class 4.6); carbon-steel, hex-head bolts; carbon-steel nuts; and flat,
                    unhardened steel washers.

                    Finish: Plain, uncoated.

            E.      High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1,
                    heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-
                    steel washers.

                    Finish: Plain, uncoated.

            F.      Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements.

            G.      Expanded Metal lath: Provide zinc coated steel diamond expanded lath, 1.75 lbs.
                    per square yard. Comply with ANSI A42.3.


STRUCTURAL STEEL                           3                                              05120
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


  2.2 PRIMER

            Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer.

  2.3 GROUT

            Metallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, ferrous aggregate grout,
            complying with ASTM C 1107, of consistency suitable for application, and a 30-minute
            working time.

  2.4 FABRICATION

            A.      Fabricate and assemble structural steel in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate
                    structural steel according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section and in
                    Shop Drawings.

                    1.      Camber structural steel members where indicated.
                    2.      Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6 (ASTM A
                            6M) and maintain markings until steel has been erected.
                    3.      Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly.
                    4.      Fabricate for delivery a sequence that will expedite erection and minimize
                            field handling of structural steel.
                    5.      Complete structural steel assemblies, including welding of units, before
                            starting shop-priming operations.
                    6.      Comply with fabrication tolerance limits of AISC's "Code of Standard
                            Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for structural steel.

            B.      Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible.

                    Plane thermally cut edges to be welded.

            C.      Finishing: Accurately mill ends of columns and other members transmitting loads
                    in bearing.

            D.      Steel Wall Framing: Select true and straight members for fabricating steel wall
                    framing to be attached to structural steel framing. Straighten as required to provide
                    uniform, square, and true members in completed wall framing.

            E.      Welded Door Frames: Build up welded door frames attached to structural steel
                    framing. Weld exposed joints continuously and grind smooth. Plug-weld fixed
                    steel bar stops to frames. Secure removable stops to frames with countersunk,
                    cross-recessed head machine screws, uniformly spaced not more than 10 inches
                    (250 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated.

            F.      Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing
                    and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on Shop
                    Drawings.

                    1.      Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame-cut
                            holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates.


STRUCTURAL STEEL                           4                                             05120
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

                   2.      Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items as indicated to
                           receive other work.

  2.5 SHOP CONNECTIONS

            A.     Shop install and tighten nonhigh-strength bolts, except where high-strength bolts
                   are indicated.

            B.     Shop install and tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for
                   Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

            C.     Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and
                   quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.

                   1.      Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true
                           alignment of axes without warp.
                   2.      Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for
                           architecturally exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable
                           tolerances. Prevent surface bleeding of back-side welding on exposed steel
                           surfaces. Grind smooth exposed fillet welds 1/2 inch (13 mm) and larger.
                           Grind flush butt welds. Dress exposed welds.

  2.6 SHOP PRIMING

            A.     Shop prime steel surfaces, except the following:

                   1.      Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially
                           embedded members to a depth of 2 inches (50 mm).
                   2.      Surfaces to be field welded.
                   3.      Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections.
                   4.      Surfaces to receive sprayed-on fireproofing.
                   5.      Galvanized surfaces.

            B.     Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust, loose mill
                   scale, and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to SSPC
                   specifications as follows:

                   1.      SSPC-SP 2 "Hand Tool Cleaning."
                   2.      SSPC-SP 3 "Power Tool Cleaning."

            C.     Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to
                   manufacturer's instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film
                   thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). Use priming methods that result in
                   full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces.

                   1.      Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
                   2.      Apply 2 coats of shop paint to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or
                           erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first.




STRUCTURAL STEEL                         5                                             05120
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

            D.     Painting: Apply a 1-coat, nonasphaltic primer complying with SSPC's "Painting
                   System Guide No. 7.00" to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils
                   (0.038 mm).


  2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

            A.     Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop
                   inspections and tests and to prepare test reports.

                   1.      Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report
                           whether test specimens comply with or deviate from requirements.
                   2.      Provide testing agency with access to places where structural steel Work is
                           being fabricated or produced so required inspection and testing can be
                           accomplished.

            B.     Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and
                   test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements.

            C.     Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
                   compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements.

            D.     Shop-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's
                   "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

            E.     In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded connections will be inspected and
                   tested according to AWS D1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below, at testing
                   agency's option.

                   1.      Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
                   2.      Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on
                           finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not
                           be accepted.
                   3.      Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142; minimum quality
                           level "2-2T."
                   4.      Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

  3.1 EXAMINATION

            A.     Before erection proceeds, and with the steel erector present, verify elevations of
                   concrete and masonry bearing surfaces and locations of anchorages for compliance
                   with requirements.

            B.     Do not proceed with erection until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.




STRUCTURAL STEEL                          6                                             05120
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


  3.2 PREPARATION

            Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep
            structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and
            loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent
            structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place, unless otherwise indicated.

            Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast-in-
            place concrete has attained its design compressive strength.

  3.3 ERECTION

            A.      Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according
                    to AISC specifications referenced in this Section.

            B.      Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-
                    reducing materials and roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing plates.
                    Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates.

                    1.      Set base and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or
                            setting nuts as required.
                    2.      Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and
                            plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush
                            with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout.
                    3.      Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain.
                            Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure.

                            Comply with manufacturer's instructions for proprietary grout materials.

            C.      Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard
                    Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."

            D.      Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure
                    before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other
                    surfaces that will be in permanent contact. Perform necessary adjustments to
                    compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment.

                    1.      Level and plumb individual members of structure.
                    2.      Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean operating
                            temperature of structure. Make allowances for difference between
                            temperature at time of erection and mean temperature at which structure
                            will be when completed and in service.

            E.      Splice members only where indicated.

            F.      Do not use thermal cutting during erection.

            G.      Finish sections thermally cut during erection equal to a sheared appearance.




STRUCTURAL STEEL                           7                                             05120
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

            H.     Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by using drift pins. Ream
                   holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts.

  3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS

            A.     Install and tighten nonhigh-strength bolts, except where high-strength bolts are
                   indicated.

            B.     Install and tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for
                   Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

            C.     Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and
                   quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.

                   1.      Comply with AISC specifications referenced in this Section for bearing,
                           adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on
                           surfaces adjacent to field welds.
                   2.      Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true
                           alignment of axes without warp.

            D.     Install and secure expanded metal lath to steel framing with welds or self tapping
                   screws with washers, at a minimum of 12 inches on center each way. Lath and
                   fasteners to be painted with primer and two coats flat black paint. See Section
                   09911.

  3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

            A.     Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field
                   inspections and tests and to prepare test reports, as required.

                   Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether
                   tested Work complies with or deviates from requirements.

            B.     Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and
                   test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements.

            C.     Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
                   compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements.

            D.     Field-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's
                   "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

            E.     In addition to visual inspection, field-welded connections will be inspected and
                   tested according to AWS D1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below, at testing
                   agency's option.

                   1.      Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
                   2.      Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on
                           finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not
                           be accepted.



STRUCTURAL STEEL                          8                                             05120
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

                   3.      Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142; minimum quality
                           level "2-2T."
                   4.      Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.
3.6   CLEANING

            A.     Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted
                   connections, and abraded areas of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas using
                   same material as used for shop painting.

                   Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.038
                   mm).

            B.     Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted
                   connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on structural steel are included in
                   Division 9 Section "Painting."

            C.     Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and
                   apply galvanizing repair paint according to ASTM A 780.


END OF SECTION 05120




STRUCTURAL STEEL                          9                                             05120
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SECTION 05700 - ORNAMENTAL METAL


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes custom ornamental metal items.

      B.   See Division 5 Section “Structural Steel” for non-ornamental metal items.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Show details of fabrication and installation. Indicate materials, finishes,
           fasteners, anchorages, and accessory items.

      C.   Samples: For each type of exposed finish required.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
           products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.    Ornamental Castings and Forgings:

                 a.    Allen Architectural Metals.
                 b.    Alloy Casting Co., Inc.
                 c.    Architectural Iron Company, Inc.
                 d.    Blum, Julius & Co., Inc.
                 e.    Braun, J. G. Company; a division of the Wagner Companies.
                 f.    Classic Iron Supply/Craft.
                 g.    Colonial Castings, Inc.
                 h.    Cullar/La Cuesta.
                 i.    Dempsey, Inc.
                 j.    Historical Arts & Casting, Inc.
                 k.    Indital USA.
                 l.    Lawler Foundry Corporation.
                 m.    Morrow, Frank Company.
                 n.    Olin Wrought Iron.
                 o.    OMC Industries, Inc.
                 p.    Robinson Iron.
                 q.    Tennessee Fabricating Co.
                 r.    Texas Metal Industries, Inc.


ORNAMENTAL METAL                                                                                05700 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

                 s.    TT Triebenbacher - Bavarian Iron Works Co.
                 t.    Universal Manufacturing Co., Inc.
           2.    Gate Hinges: Daro Industries; Provide #654605 Adjustable height type with ball bearings
                 and grease fittings, capacity of 3200 pounds each.


2.2        METALS

      A.   Aluminum: Provide alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher with
           strength and durability properties not less than that of alloy and temper designated below.

           1.    Extruded Bars and Shapes: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5/T52.
           2.    Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 6061-T6.
           3.    Die and Hand Forgings: ASTM B 247, alloy 6061-T6.
           4.    Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, alloy A356.0-T6.

      B.   Copper Alloys:

           1.    Extruded Shapes, Bronze: ASTM B 455, alloy UNS No. C38500 (architectural bronze).
           2.    Extruded Shapes, Brass: ASTM B 249/B 249M, alloy UNS No. C36000 (free-cutting
                 brass).
           3.    Extruded Shapes, Nickel Silver: ASTM B 151/B 151M, alloy UNS No. C74500.
           4.    Castings, Bronze: [Composition bronze castings complying with ASTM B 62, alloy
                 UNS No. C83600 (85-5-5-5 or No. 1 composition commercial red brass) or]sand castings
                 complying with ASTM B 584, alloy UNS No. C86500 (No. 1 manganese bronze).
           5.    Castings, Brass: Sand castings complying with ASTM B 584, alloy UNS No. C85200
                 (high-copper yellow brass).
           6.    Castings, Nickel Silver: ASTM B 584, alloy UNS No. C97600 (20 percent leaded nickel
                 bronze).
           7.    Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Bars; Bronze: ASTM B 36/B 36M, alloy UNS No. C28000
                 (muntz metal, 60 percent copper).
           8.    Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Bars; Brass: ASTM B 36/B 36M, alloy UNS No. C26000
                 (cartridge brass, 70 percent copper).
           9.    Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Bars; Copper: ASTM B 152/B 152M, alloy UNS No. C11000
                 (electrolytic tough pitch copper) or UNS No. C12200 (phosphorous deoxidized, high
                 residual phosphorous copper).

      C.   Stainless Steel:

           1.    Tubing: ASTM A 554, Grade MT 304.
           2.    Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M, Grade CF 8 or CF 20.
           3.    Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar: ASTM A 666, Type 304.
           4.    Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304.
           5.    Wire Rope: 1-by-19 wire rope made from wire complying with ASTM A 492, Type 316.

      D.   Steel and Iron:

           1.    Bars: Hot-rolled, carbon steel complying with ASTM A 29/A 29M, Grade 1010.
           2.    Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
           3.    Castings:    Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class 30, or malleable iron,
                 ASTM A 47/A 47M, unless otherwise indicated.



ORNAMENTAL METAL                                                                              05700 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           4.    Steel Sheet, Cold Rolled: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, either commercial steel, Type B, or
                 structural steel, Grade 25, exposed.
           5.    Corrugated steel panels: To match those provided with the pre-manufactured
                 components.


2.3        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Fasteners: Same basic metal as fastened metal; concealed, unless otherwise indicated, with
           Phillips flat-head screws for exposed fasteners.

      B.   Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials with capability to sustain, without
           failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times
           the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined per ASTM E 488.

      C.   Wire-Rope Fittings: Fabricated from stainless steel and with strength equal to minimum
           breaking strength of wire rope with which they are used.

      D.   Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy
           welded.

      E.   Brazing Rods: For copper alloys, provide type and alloy as recommended by producer of metal
           to be brazed and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated items.

      F.   Lacquer for Copper Alloys: Clear, air-drying, acrylic lacquer specially developed for coating
           copper-alloy products.

      G.   Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 painting Sections.

      H.   Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer
           complying with MPI#79.

      I.   Zinc-Rich Primer: Comply with SSPC-Paint 20 or SSPC-Paint 29 and compatible with topcoat.

      J.   Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Zinc-dust, zinc-oxide primer compatible with finish paint
           systems indicated, and complying with SSPC-Paint 5.


2.4        FABRICATION

      A.   Form ornamental metal true to line and level with true curves and accurate angles and surfaces.
           Finish exposed surfaces to smooth, sharp, well-defined lines and arris.

      B.   Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Cope or miter corner joints. Fabricate connections that will be
           exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water.

      C.   Comply with AWS for recommended practices in shop welding and brazing. Clean exposed
           welded and brazed joints of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces.




ORNAMENTAL METAL                                                                                     05700 - 3
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

2.5        FINISHES

      A.   Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
           recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Protect mechanical finishes by
           applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

      B.   Aluminum Finishes: Designations are as established by the Aluminum Association.

           1.    Clear Anodic Finish: Class II, AA-M12C22A31 complying with AAMA 611.
           2.    Color Anodic Finish: Class II, AA-M12C22A32/A34 complying with AAMA 611.

                 a.    Color: as selected by architect.

           3.    Baked-Enamel Finish: AA-C12C42R1x, with thermosetting, modified-acrylic enamel
                 primer/topcoat organic coating system complying with AAMA 2603 except with a
                 minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.04 mm), medium gloss.

                       Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range.

           4.    Siliconized Polyester Finish: Epoxy primer and silicone-modified, polyester-enamel
                 topcoat; with a dry film thickness of 0.2 mil (0.005 mm) for primer and 0.8 mil (0.02
                 mm) for topcoat.

                       Color and Gloss: As selected from manufacturer's full range.

           5.    High-Performance Organic Finish: AA-C12C42R1x, fluoropolymer thermocured system
                 with fluoropolymer coats containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride
                 resin by weight; complying with AAMA 2604.
                        Color and Gloss: As selected from manufacturer's full range.

      C.   Copper-Alloy Finishes: Designations are system established for designating copper-alloy finish
           systems defined in NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products."

           1.    Buffed Finish: M21 (smooth specular).
           2.    Hand-Rubbed Finish: M31-M34 (directionally textured, hand rubbed).
           3.    Medium-Satin Finish: M32 (directionally textured, medium satin).
           4.    Fine-Matte Finish: M42 (nondirectional finish, fine matte).
           5.    Buffed Finish, Lacquered: M21-O6x (smooth specular).
           6.    Hand-Rubbed Finish, Lacquered: M31-M34-O6x (directionally textured, hand rubbed).
           7.    Medium-Satin Finish, Lacquered: M32-O6x (directionally textured, medium satin).

           8.    Fine-Matte Finish, Lacquered: M42-O6x (nondirectional finish, fine matte).

                       Clear, Organic Coating: Two coats lacquer specified for copper alloys; total
                       thickness of 1 mil (0.025 mm).

           9.    Statuary Conversion Coating over Satin Finish: M32-C55.

                       Color: Match sample.

           10.   Patina Conversion Coating: M36-C12-C52.



ORNAMENTAL METAL                                                                               05700 - 4
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

                    Color: Match sample.

       11.   Statuary Conversion Coating, Bright Relieved and Lacquered: M12-C55-M2x-O6x.

             a.     Color and Buffing: Match sample.
             b.     Clear, Organic Coating: Two coats lacquer specified for copper alloys; total
                    thickness of 1 mil (0.025 mm).

       12.   Blackened, Bright Relieved, and Lacquered: M33-O60-M2x-O6x.

             a.     Blackening and Buffing: Match sample.
             b.     Clear, Organic Coating: Two coats lacquer specified for copper alloys; total
                    thickness of 1 mil (0.025 mm).

  D.   Stainless-Steel Finishes:

       1.    Bright, Cold-Rolled, Unpolished Finish: No. 2B finish.
       2.    Directional Satin Finish: No. 4 finish.
       3.    Dull Satin Finish: No. 6 finish.
       4.    Reflective, Directional Polish: No. 7 finish.
       5.    Mirrorlike Reflective, Nondirectional Polish: No. 8 finish.

  E.   Steel and Iron Finishes:

       1.    Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize to comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M.

             a.     Hot-dip galvanize steel and iron hardware to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M.

       2.    Factory-Primed Finish: Prepare surfaces and apply air-dried primer to provide a
             minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm) to exposed surfaces and to concealed,
             nongalvanized surfaces.

             a.     Preparation for Galvanized Metal: After galvanizing, clean and treat with metallic-
                    phosphate pretreatment.
             b.     Preparation for Uncoated Ferrous Metal: Comply with SSPC-SP 6, "Commercial
                    Blast Cleaning."

       3.    Powder-Coat Finish: Prepare, treat, and coat ferrous metal to comply with resin
             manufacturer's written instructions.

             a.     Preparation of Uncoated Ferrous Metal: Comply with SSPC-SP 6, "Commercial
                    Blast Cleaning."
             b.     Preparation of Galvanized Metal: Thoroughly removing grease, dirt, oil, flux, and
                    other foreign matter.
             c.     Treat prepared metal with metallic-phosphate pretreatment, rinse, and seal
                    surfaces.
             d.     Apply thermosetting polyester or acrylic urethane powder coating with cured-film
                    thickness not less than 1.5 mils (0.04 mm).
             e.     Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range.




ORNAMENTAL METAL                                                                             05700 - 5
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing to in-place construction.

      B.   Set products accurately in location, alignment, and elevation. Fit exposed connections
           accurately together to form tight, hairline joints or, where indicated, with uniform reveals and
           spaces for sealants and joint fillers.

      C.   Install hinges and other gate hardware per manufacturer’s directions. Adjust for smooth, level
           and even operation of gates and hardware. Provide proper grease to fittings.

      D.   Do not cut or abrade finishes that cannot be completely restored in the field. Return items with
           such finishes to the shop for required alterations, followed by complete refinishing, or provide
           new units as required.

      E.   Install concealed gaskets, joint fillers, insulation, and flashings as work progresses.

      F.   Restore protective coverings that have been damaged during shipment or installation. Remove
           protective coverings only when there is no possibility of damage from other work.

      G.   Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will be in contact with grout,
           concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.


END OF SECTION 05700




ORNAMENTAL METAL                                                                                     05700 - 6
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SECTION 08361 - SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

           This Section includes steel sectional overhead doors.


1.2        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Structural Performance: Provide doors capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and
           the following loads and stresses without evidencing permanent deformation of components:

           1.   Wind Load: Uniform pressure (velocity pressure) of 20 lbf/sq. ft., acting inward and
                outward.
           2.   Operational Life: Design components to operate for not less than 10,000 cycles.

                 a.     Operation Cycle: One complete cycle begins with door in closed position. Door is
                        then moved to open position and back to closed position.


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each product indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details of installation, wiring diagrams, and
           attachments to other Work.

           1.   Verify openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on
                Shop Drawings.

      C.   Samples: For each exposed finish.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Basis-of-Design Product: The design for sectional overhead door is based on Raynor Garage
           Doors, Model Steelform Standard steel door, 2”track.

      B.   Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product
           by one of the following:
           1.   Clopay Building Products Co.
           2.   Haas Door Co.
           3.   McKee Door, Inc.; a United Dominion Company.
           4.   Overhead Door Corporation.


SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS                                                                          08361 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           5.    Raynor Garage Doors.
           6.    Wayne-Dalton Corp.


2.2        STEEL DOOR SECTIONS

      A.   General: Fabricated from galvanized, structural-quality commercial steel with minimum yield
           strength of 33,000 psi and complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 zinc coating.

           1.    Steel Sheet Thickness: 0.023 inch.
           2.    Exterior Section Face: Smooth, ribbed

      B.   Door Panels: Fabricated from a single sheet with sections not more than 24 inches high and
           nominally 2 inches deep. Roll horizontal meeting edges to a continuous, interlocking, keyed,
           rabbeted, shiplap, or tongue-in-groove weathertight seal, with a reinforcing flange return.

      C.   Door Sections: Enclose open section with not less than 16 guage galvanized steel channel end
           stiles welded in place. Fabricate with not less than 16 guage galvanized intermediate stiles, cut
           to door section profile, spaced at not more than 48 inches o.c., and welded in place.

           1.    Reinforce bottom section with a continuous channel or angle complying with bottom
                 section profile.
           2.    Reinforce sections with continuous horizontal and diagonal reinforcement of galvanized
                 steel bars, struts, trusses or strip steel, formed to depth and bolted or welded in place.
           3.    Reinforce for hardware attachment.

      D.   Fabricate sections so finished door assembly is rigid and aligned, with tight hairline joints, and
           free of warp, twist, and deformation.

      E.   Finish: Manufacturer's standard thermosetting or powder-coat finish.

                 Color and Gloss: As selected from manufacturer's full range.


2.3        TRACKS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES

      A.   Tracks: Galvanized steel track system complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 zinc
           coating, sized for door size and weight, designed for lift type indicated.

           1.    Provide complete track assembly including brackets, bracing, and reinforcement for rigid
                 support of ball-bearing roller guides for required door type and size.
           2.    Slot vertical sections of track at 2 inches o.c. for door-drop safety device.
           3.    Slope tracks at proper angle from vertical or otherwise design to ensure tight closure at
                 jambs when door unit is closed.
           4.    Weld or bolt to track supports.

      B.   Track Reinforcement and Supports: Galvanized steel and support members, complying with
           ASTM A 36/A 36M and ASTM A 123. Secure, reinforce, and support tracks as required for
           door size and weight to provide strength and rigidity without sag, sway, and vibration during
           opening and closing of doors.




SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS                                                                           08361 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      C.   Support and attach tracks to opening jambs with continuous angle welded to tracks and attached
           to wall. Support horizontal (ceiling) tracks with continuous angle welded to track and
           supported by laterally braced attachments to overhead structural members at curve and end of
           tracks.

      D.   Weatherseals: Replaceable, adjustable, continuous, compressible weather-stripping gaskets of
           flexible vinyl, rubber, or neoprene fitted to bottom and at top of overhead door.
                  Seals: Continuous flexible seals at door jambs and bottom for weathertight installation.


2.4        HARDWARE

      A.   General: Heavy-duty, corrosion-resistant hardware, with hot-dip galvanized, stainless-steel, or
           other corrosion-resistant fasteners, to suit door type.

      B.   Hinges: Heavy-duty galvanized steel hinges, of not less than 0.0747-inch- thick uncoated steel,
           at each end stile and at each intermediate stile, per manufacturer's written recommendations for
           door size.

           1.   Attach hinges to door sections through stiles and rails with bolts and lock nuts or lock
                washers and nuts. Use rivets or self-tapping fasteners where access to nuts is not
                possible.
           2.   Use double-end hinges, where required, for doors exceeding 16 feet in width, unless
                otherwise recommended by door manufacturer.

      C.   Rollers: Heavy-duty rollers, with steel ball bearings in case-hardened steel races, mounted with
           varying projections to suit slope of track.

      D.   Push/Pull Handles: For push-up-operated or emergency-operated doors, galvanized steel lifting
           handles on each side of door.

      E.   Slide Bolt: Fabricate with side locking bolts to engage through slots in tracks for locking by
           padlock, located on single-jamb side, operable from inside only.


2.5        COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM

      A.   Extension Spring: Counterbalance mechanism with extension spring and aircraft-type steel
           cable over ball-bearing sheaves. Provide oil-tempered wired springs with internal safety rods.
           Combine operation with a spring bumper in each horizontal track to cushion door at end of
           opening operation.

      B.   Torsion Spring: Operation by counterbalance mechanism with adjustable-tension torsion
           springs, fabricated from oil-tempered-steel wire complying with ASTM A 229/A 229M,
           Class II, mounted on cross-header tube or steel shaft. Connect to door with galvanized aircraft-
           type lift cables with cable safety factor of at least 5 to 1. Calibrate springs for 10,000 cycles
           minimum.

      C.   Cable Drums: Cast-aluminum or gray-iron castings grooved to receive cable.                Mount
           counterbalance mechanism with ball-bearing brackets at each end of shaft.




SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS                                                                          08361 - 3
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           1.   Include one additional midpoint bracket for shafts up to 16 feet long.
           2.   Include two additional brackets at 1/3 points to support shafts more than 16 feet long,
                 unless closer spacing is recommended by door manufacturer.

      D.   Cable Safety Device: Spring-loaded, steel or bronze cam mounted to bottom door roller
           assembly on each side, designed to automatically stop door if either cable breaks.

      E.   Bracket: Anchor support bracket, as required to connect stationary end of spring to the wall, to
           level shaft and prevent sag.

      F.   Spring Bumper: Include at each horizontal track to cushion door at end of opening operation.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Install door, track, and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb
           and head mold strips, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports.

      B.   Fasten vertical track assembly to framing at not less than 24 inches o.c. Hang horizontal track
           from structural overhead framing with angle or channel hangers welded and bolt fastened in
           place. Provide sway bracing, diagonal bracing, and reinforcement as required for rigid
           installation of track and door-operating equipment.

      C.   Lubricate bearings and sliding parts; adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist, or
           distortion and fitting weathertight for entire perimeter.


3.2        DEMONSTRATION

      A.   Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
           adjust, operate, and maintain doors.



      END OF SECTION 08361




SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS                                                                         08361 - 4
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SECTION 09220 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1         SUMMARY

      This Section includes the following:

            1.     Portland Cement Plaster Finishes: Stucco: Provide three coat 1” thick minimum
                   cementitious stucco coating with factory pre-mixed integral color cementitious finish
                   coat. Include fiberglass reinforcing mesh in brown coat as well as glass or polypropylene
                   fibers for mixing into base coats. Do NOT use synthetic stucco or additives containing
                   acrylic.
            2.     Metal lath and metal accessories.


1.2         SUBMITTALS

      A.    Product Data: For each product indicated.

      B.    Samples: Prepare 12”x12”for each exposed finish and for each color and texture required.

      C.    Material Certificates: For aggregates.


1.3         PROJECT CONDITIONS

      Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application
      standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during,
      and after plaster application. Do Not apply stucco material during freezing conditions or when freezing
      conditions are expected within 48 hours.

1.4         EXTRA MATERIALS

      Provide 5% extra finish coat of stucco, but not less than 2- bags of each finish coat in approved color
      and texture.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1         LATH

      A.    Expanded-Metal Lath: ASTM C 847.

            1.     Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet, structural quality, with coating complying
                   with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation].
            2.     Diamond-Mesh Lath: Flat.



PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER                                                                            09220 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

                 Weight: 2.5 lb/sq. yd.

      B.   Woven-Wire Lath: ASTM C 1032, fabricated into 1-1/2-inch hexagonal-shaped mesh with
           minimum 0.0510-inch- diameter (17 gauge min.), galvanized steel wire.

           Paper Backing: None


2.2        ACCESSORIES

      A.   General: ASTM C 1063. Coordinate depth of accessories with thicknesses and number of
           plaster coats required.

      B.   Metal Corner Reinforcement: Expanded, large-mesh, diamond-metal lath fabricated from zinc-
           alloy or welded-wire mesh fabricated from 0.0475-inch- diameter, zinc-coated (galvanized)
           wire and specially formed to reinforce external corners of portland cement plaster on exterior
           exposures while allowing full plaster encasement.
           Galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch thick.

      C.   Casing Beads: Square-edged style, with expanded flanges.

           Material: Galvanized steel.

      D.   Control Joints: Prefabricated with removable protective tape on plaster face of control joints.

           1.    Material: Galvanized steel.
           2.    Type: 2-piece, casing beads with back flanges formed to produce slip-joint action,
                 adjustable for joint widths from 1/8 to 5/8 inch.


2.3        PLASTER MATERIALS

      A.   Base-Coat Cements: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I.

      B.   Stucco Finish Coat: Manufacturer's standard factory-packaged stucco, including portland
           cement, aggregate, coloring agent, and other proprietary ingredients. Color selected by
           Architect from manufacturer’s full line. Use El Rey’s colors.

           Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
           products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following:
                 El Rey Stucco Co.

      C.   Lime: Special hydrated lime for finishing purposes, ASTM C 206, Type S; or special hydrated
           lime for masonry purposes, ASTM C 207, Type S.

      D.   Sand Aggregate for Base Coats: ASTM C 897.

      E.   Bonding Agent: El Rey’s “Superior Bond 100”


2.4        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS



PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER                                                                            09220 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      A.   Fiberglas Mesh for Base Coat: Woven fiberglass mesh reinforcing for use in base coat of
           cementitious stucco. El Rey’s “Krak-Master” Standard Mesh or approved equal. Weight 4.5 oz.
           per square yard.

      B.   Fiber for Base Coat: Alkaline-resistant glass or polypropylene fibers, 1/2 inch long, free of
           contaminates, manufactured for use in portland cement plaster. Include in scratch coat, per
           manufacturer’s recommended rate. El Rey’s Fiber 47 or approved equal.

      C.   Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potable.

      D.   Bonding Agent: ASTM C 932.

      E.   Asphalt-Saturated Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15), nonperforated.

      F.   Steel Drill Screws:

           1.    ASTM C 1002 for fastening metal lath to wood or steel members less than 0.033 inch
                 thick.
           2.    Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening metal lath to steel members
                 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.


2.5        PLASTER MIXES AND COMPOSITIONS

      A.   General: Comply with ASTM C 926.

           1.    Base-Coat Mixes and Compositions: Adjust mix proportions within limits specified to
                 attain workability.
           2.    Fiber: Not to exceeding 1 lb/cu. ft. of cementitious materials. Add to mixes according to
                 fiber manufacturer's written instructions after other mix components have been mixed at
                 least 2 minutes. Reduce aggregate quantities accordingly to maintain workability.

      B.   Factory-Prepared Finish Coats: Add water only; comply with finish coat manufacturer's written
           instructions.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        LATH AND FURRING INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.   Standards: Comply with ML/SFA 920, "Guide Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring,"
           and ASTM C 1063.

      B.   Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in work and for support of
           fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, handrails, furnishings, and similar work to
           comply with details indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, to comply with applicable written
           instructions of lath and furring manufacturer.

      C.   Isolation: Where lathing and metal support system abut building structure horizontally and
           where partition or wall abuts overhead structure, isolate from structural movement to prevent
           transfer of loading from building structure.


PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER                                                                          09220 - 3
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

            Frame both sides of control joints independently and do not bridge joints with furring and
            lathing or accessories.

      D.    Install additional framing, furring, runners, lath, and beads, as required to form openings and
            frames for other work as indicated. Coordinate support system for proper support of framed
            work that is not indicated to be supported independently of metal furring and lathing system.


3.2         LATHING

      Install where plaster base coats are required. Install over asphalt saturated felt. Provide appropriate
      type, configuration, and weight of metal lath selected from materials indicated that comply with
      referenced ML/SFA specifications and ASTM lathing installation standards.

            1.     Suspended and Furred Ceilings: Use flat, diamond-mesh lath.
            2.     Exterior Sheathed Wall Surfaces: Use self-furring, diamond-mesh lath.
            3.     Install netting over entire exterior wall surface. Secure to interior studs with 16 gauge
                   wire at each course and at each stud, minimum.
            4.     Reinforce all corners of wall, edges where abutting windows, doors, trim, termination of
                   stucco with expanded metal lath, 6” wide minimum strips. Secure to interior studs with
                   16 gauge wire at 24” oc. maximum.


3.3         PREPARATIONS FOR PLASTERING

      A.    Protect contiguous Work from damage and deterioration caused by plastering with temporary
            covering and other provisions necessary.

      B.    Clean plaster bases and substrates for direct application of plaster, removing loose material and
            substances that may impair the Work.

      C.    Etch existing concrete and concrete unit masonry surfaces indicated for direct plaster
            application. Scrub with acid-etching solution on previously wetted surface and rinse thoroughly
            with clean water. Repeat application, if necessary, to obtain adequate suction and mechanical
            bond of plaster (where dash coat, bonding agent, or additive is not used).

      D.    Apply bonding agent on existing cement plastered, concrete and concrete unit masonry surfaces
            indicated for direct plaster application.

      E.    Surface Conditioning: Immediately before plastering, dampen concrete and concrete unit
            masonry substrates, except where a bonding agent has been applied, to produce optimum
            suction for plastering.

      F.    Thoroughly clean existing stucco surfaces to receive new color coat. Remove all oils, dirt, dust,
            chalking, mildew and foreign substances. If chalking still remains, apply primer according to
            manufacturer’s instructions.

      G.    Refer to Division 6 Sections for installing permanent wood grounds.


3.4         PLASTERING ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION



PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER                                                                            09220 - 4
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      A.   General: Comply with referenced lathing and furring installation standards for provision and
           location of plaster accessories. Miter or cope accessories at corners; install with tight joints and
           in alignment. Attach accessories securely to plaster bases to hold accessories in place and in
           alignment during plastering.

           1.    External Corners: Install corner reinforcement at external corners.

           2.    Terminations of Plaster: Install casing beads, unless otherwise indicated.


  B.       Provide additional ties of 16 gauge galvanized wire through the bales to tighten up any areas
           with excess slack.


3.5        PLASTER APPLICATION

      A.   Plaster Application Standard: Comply with ASTM C 926.

           1.    Mixing: Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply
                 with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster
                 manufacturer.
           2.    Do not use materials that are frozen, caked, lumpy, dirty, or contaminated by foreign
                 materials.
           3.    Do not use excessive water in mixing and applying plaster materials.

      B.   Flat Surface Tolerances: Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1 inch in 10 feet from a true
           plane in finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 10-foot straightedge placed at any location
           on surface.

      C.   Grout hollow-metal frames, bases, and similar work occurring in plastered areas, with base-coat
           plaster material, and before lathing where necessary. Except where full grouting is indicated or
           required for fire-resistance rating, grout at least 6 inches at each jamb anchor.

      D.   Sequence plaster application with installation and protection of other work so that neither will
           be damaged by installation of other.

      E.   Plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster
           ground, unless otherwise indicated. Where interior plaster is not terminated at metal frame by
           casing beads, cut base coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at
           junctures with metal.

      F.   Corners: Make internal corners and angles square; finish external corners flush with 2”
           bullnose radius on exterior work.

      G.   Cover all exposed external wood and metal with #15 asphalt felt.

      H.   Base Coats:

           1.    Scratch coat: minimum 5/8” thick. Work into lath and fill intercises of lath and netting.
                 Groove with scatching tool to allow “keying in” of subsequent coats. Keep stucco moist
                 by fogging while it cures. Do not overwater.



PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER                                                                              09220 - 5
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           2.    Brown coat: Apply sand finish, smooth coat, minimum ¼” thick, over scratch coat after
                 scratch coat has cured, minimum 2 days (48 hours). Apply KrakMaster or approved equal
                 fiberglass reinforcing mesh per manufacturer’s recommendations into still wet brown
                 coat and completely embed into wet brown coat. Float or lightly broom surface to
                 provide for bond with stucco finish coat. Keep stucco moist by fogging while it cures.

      I.   Finish Coat:

           Prepared Finish: Apply stucco finish coats, cement-based finish coat (do not use acrylic or
           “synthetic” stucco finish coats), according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide light
           sand finish. Provide color to match Architect’s sample, from El Rey Stucco’s standard line of
           finish colors. Keep stucco moist by fogging while it cures. Install finish coat over bonding
           agent, both old and new surfaces, to ensure color consistency.


3.6        CUTTING, PATCHING, AND CLEANING

      A.   Cut, patch, replace, repair, and point up plaster as necessary to accommodate other work.
           Repair cracks and indented surfaces. Point-up finish plaster surfaces around items that are built
           into or penetrate plaster surfaces. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, check
           cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, excessive pinholes, and similar defects. Repair or replace
           work as necessary to comply with required visual effects. Fog coat entire wall to maintain even
           color, as determined by Architect.

      B.   Remove temporary covering and other provisions made to minimize spattering of plaster on
           other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows, and other surfaces not to be
           plastered. Repair surfaces stained, marred or otherwise damaged during plastering work.


END OF SECTION 09220




PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER                                                                           09220 - 6
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SECTION 09911 - PAINTING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior
           items and surfaces.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each product indicated.

      B.   Samples: For each type of finish-coat material indicated.


1.3        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum
           ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of
           foreign materials and residue.

      B.   Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air
           are between 50 and 90 deg F.

      C.   Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding
           air are between 45 and 95 deg F.

      D.   Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or
           at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.


1.4        EXTRA MATERIALS

      A.   Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the
           quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with
           labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner.

           1.    Quantity: 10 percent, but not less than 1 gal. or 1 case, as appropriate, of each material
                 and color applied.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL




PAINTING                                                                                         09911 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      A.   Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that are
           compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and
           application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

      B.   Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating
           types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application
           indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will
           not be acceptable.

      C.   Colors: As selected from manufacturer's full range.


2.2        PREPARATORY COATS

      A.   Concrete Unit Masonry Block Filler: High-performance latex block filler of finish coat
           manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on
           substrate indicated.

      B.   Exterior Primer: Exterior alkyd or latex-based primer of finish coat manufacturer and
           recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated.

           1.    Ferrous-Metal and Aluminum Substrates: Rust-inhibitive metal primer.
           2.    Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer.
           3.    Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate
                 indicated, use paint specified for finish coat.

      C.   Interior Primer: Interior latex-based or alkyd primer of finish coat manufacturer and
           recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated.

           1.    Ferrous-Metal Substrates: Quick drying, rust-inhibitive metal primer.
           2.    Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer.
           3.    Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate
                 indicated, use paint specified for finish coat.


2.3        EXTERIOR FINISH COATS

      A.   Exterior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel:

           1.    Benjamin Moore; MoorGlo Latex House & Trim Paint No. 096.
           2.    Coronado; 2 Line Crylicote Gold Collection Gloss Acrylic House & Trim Enamel.
           3.    Dulux Paint; 2407-XXXX Dulux Exterior Latex Semi-Gloss Finish.
           4.    Kelly-Moore; 1250 Acry-Lustre Exterior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Finish.
           5.    M. A. B. Paint; Sea Shore/Four Seasons Acrylic Latex Trim Enamel 024 Line.
           6.    Pittsburgh Paints; 78 Line Sun-Proof Semi-Gloss Acrylic Latex House and Trim Paint.
           7.    Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Exterior Gloss Latex A-84 Series.

      B.   Exterior Full-Gloss Acrylic Enamel for Concrete, Masonry, and Wood:

           1.    Benjamin Moore; Impervex Latex High Gloss Metal & Wood Enamel No. 309.
           2.    Coronado; 80 Line Rust Scat Acrylic Latex High Gloss Enamel.



PAINTING                                                                                       09911 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           3.    Dulux Paint; 3028-XXXX Dulux Interior/Exterior Acrylic Gloss Finish.
           4.    Kelly-Moore; 5780 DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel.
           5.    M. A. B. Paint; Rust-O-Lastic Gloss Acrylic (DTM) Maintenance Finish 043 Line.
           6.    Pittsburgh Paints; 90 Line Pitt-Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior High Performance
                 Waterborne High Gloss DTM Industrial Enamels.
           7.    Pittsburgh Paints; 52-Line Brilliant Reflections Interior/Exterior Latex Gloss Enamel.
           8.    Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Exterior High Gloss Latex Enamel A85 Series.

      C.   Exterior Full-Gloss Acrylic Enamel for Ferrous and Other Metals:

           1.    Benjamin Moore; Impervex Enamel High Gloss Metal & Wood Enamel No. 309.
           2.    Coronado; 80 Line Rust Scat Acrylic Latex High Gloss Enamel.
           3.    Dulux Paint; 3028-XXXX Dulux Interior/Exterior Acrylic Gloss Finish.
           4.    Kelly-Moore; 5780 DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel.
           5.    M. A. B. Paint; Rust-O-Lastic Gloss Acrylic (DTM) Maintenance Finish 043 Line.
           6.    Pittsburgh Paints; 90-Line Pitt-Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior High Performance
                 Waterborne High Gloss DTM Industrial Enamels.
           7.    Pittsburgh Paints; 51-Line Brilliant Reflections Interior/Exterior Latex Gloss Enamel.
           8.    Sherwin-Williams; DTM Acrylic Coating Gloss (Waterborne) B66W100 Series.


2.4        INTERIOR FINISH COATS :

      A.   Interior Flat Acrylic Paint:

           1.    Benjamin Moore; Regal Wall Satin No. 215 Premium Interior Finishes Flat Finish.
           2.    Coronado; 26 Line Gold Acrylic Latex Flat Wall Paint.
           3.    Dulux Paint; 1201-XXXX Dulux Ultra Velvet Sheen Interior Flat Latex Wall & Trim
                 Finish.
           4.    Kelly-Moore; 550 Super Latex Interior Flat Wall Paint.
           5.    M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Wal-Shield Latex Flat 041 Line.
           6.    Pittsburgh Paints; 80-Line Wallhide Interior Wall Flat Latex Paint.
           7.    Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Interior Latex Flat Wall Paint, A86 Series.

      B.   Interior Low-Luster Acrylic Enamel:

           1.    Benjamin Moore; Moore's Regal AquaVelvet No. 319.
           2.    Coronado; Tough Walls Acrylic Eggshell Wall & Trim Enamel.
           3.    Dulux Paint; 1403-XXXX Dulux Ultra Eggshell Interior Latex Wall & Trim Enamel.
           4.    Kelly-Moore; 1610 Sat-N-Sheen Interior Latex Low Sheen Wall and Trim Finish.
           5.    Kelly-Moore; 1686 Dura-Poxy Eggshell Acrylic Enamel.
           6.    M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Low Lustre Latex Enamel 028 Line.
           7.    Pittsburgh Paints; 89-Line Manor Hall Interior Eggshell Wall and Trim.
           8.    Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Interior Latex Satin Wall Paint A87 Series.

      C.   Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel:

           1.    Benjamin Moore; Regal AquaGlo No. 333 Premium Interior Finishes Latex Semi-Gloss.
           2.    Coronado; 22 Line Tough Walls Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel.
           3.    Dulux Paint; 1407-XXXX Dulux Ultra Semi-Gloss Interior Acrylic Wall & Trim
                 Enamel.



PAINTING                                                                                     09911 - 3
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           4.    Kelly-Moore; 1650 Acry-Plex Latex Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel.
           5.    Kelly-Moore; 1685 Dura-Poxy Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel.
           6.    M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel 023 Line.
           7.    Pittsburgh Paints; 88-110 Satinhide Interior Enamel Wall & Trim Lo-Lustre Semi-Gloss
                 Latex.
           8.    Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel A88 Series.

      D.   Interior Full-Gloss Acrylic Enamel:

           1.    Benjamin Moore; Impervex Enamel No. 309.
           2.    Coronado; 414 Line Super Kote 5000 Acrylic High Gloss Enamel.
           3.    Dulux Paint; 3028-XXXX Dulux Interior/Exterior Acrylic Gloss Finish.
           4.    Kelly-Moore; 1680 Dura-Poxy Gloss Acrylic Enamel.
           5.    M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Architectural High Gloss Latex Enamel 022-127 Line.
           6.    Pittsburgh Paints; 51 Line Brilliant Reflections Interior/Exterior Latex Gloss Enamel.
           7.    Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Gloss Enamel B21W201.
           8.    Enamel.
           9.    Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Alkyd Gloss Enamel B35W200 Series.


2.5        INTERIOR WOOD STAINS AND VARNISHES

      A.   Open-Grain Wood Filler:

           1.    Benjamin Moore; Benwood Paste Wood Filler No. 238.
           2.    Coronado; none required.
           3.    Dulux Paint; none required.
           4.    Kelly-Moore; none required.
           5.    M. A. B. Paint; Paste Wood Filler.
           6.    Pittsburgh Paints; none required.
           7.    Sherwin-Williams; Sher-Wood Fast-Dry Filler.
           8.    Sherwin-Williams; none recommended.

      B.   Interior Wood Stain: Alkyd based.

           1.    Benjamin Moore; Benwood Penetrating Stain No. 234.
           2.    Coronado; 69-27 Oil Penetrating Wood Stain.
           3.    Dulux Paint; 1700-XXX WoodPride Interior Solventborne Wood Finishing Stain.
           4.    Kelly-Moore; McCloskey Stain.
           5.    M. A. B. Paint; Wood Stain 062 Line.
           6.    Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Interior Oil Stain A-48 Series.

      C.   Clear Sanding Sealer: Fast-drying alkyd based.

           1.    Benjamin Moore; Moore's Interior Wood Finishes Quick-Dry Sanding Sealer No. 413.
           2.    Coronado; 81-10 Dual Seal.
           3.    Dulux Paint; 1902-0000 WoodPride Interior Satin Polyurethane Varnish.
           4.    Kelly-Moore; 2164 E Z Sand Alkyd Q. D. Sealer.
           5.    M. A. B. Paint; Minit Dri Sanding Sealer 037-005 Line.
           6.    Pittsburgh Paints; 6-10 SpeedHide Quick-Drying Interior Sanding Wood Sealer and
                 Finish.



PAINTING                                                                                         09911 - 4
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           7.    Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Fast Dry Sanding Sealer B26V43.

      D.   Interior Waterborne Clear Satin Varnish: Acrylic-based polyurethane.

           1.    Benjamin Moore; Stays Clear Acrylic Polyurethane No. 423, Satin.
           2.    Coronado; 70-10 Aqua-Plastic Urethane Clear Satin.
           3.    Dulux Paint; 1802-0000 WoodPride Interior Waterborne Aquacrylic Satin Varnish.
           4.    Kelly-Moore; 2097 Kel-Thane II Clear Acrylic Urethane--Satin.
           5.    M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Water Based Satin Polyurethane 088-900s.
           6.    Pittsburgh Paints; 77-49 Rez Satin Acrylic Clear Polyurethane.
           7.    Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Waterborne Polyurethane Satin, A68 Series.

      E.   Paste Wax: As recommended by manufacturer.

2.6        EXTERIOR WOOD FINISH

      A.   Exterior Wood Sealer and Finisher

           Linseed Oil


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        APPLICATION

      A.   Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4 for inspection and acceptance of surfaces to be
           painted.

      B.   Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure
           compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on
           characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.

      C.   Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and
           similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible
           because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface
           preparation and painting.

           1.    After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using
                 workers skilled in the trades involved.

      D.   Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's
           written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.

           1.    Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
           2.    Cementitious Materials: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release
                 agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to
                 improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation.

           3.    Concrete Masonry Units: Note that BOTH sides of concrete masonry, including side
                 facing cellulose insulation application, are to receive latex block filler, after cleaning
                 surfaces.


PAINTING                                                                                            09911 - 5
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


       4.    Wood: Clean surfaces of varnish, dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers,
             mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and
             dust off.

             a.    Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac
                   or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill
                   holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand
                   smooth when dried.
             b.    Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges,
                   ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, counters,
                   cases, and paneling.
             c.    Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of
                   varnish or sealer immediately on delivery.

       5.    Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop
             coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use
             solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations.

             a.    Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer and
                   according to [SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3] [SSPC-SP 10/NACE No. 2].
             b.    Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat
                   before priming.
             c.    Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-
                   brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with
                   same primer as the shop coat.

       6.    Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so
             surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized
             sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods.

  E.   Material Preparation:

       1.    Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of
             foreign materials and residue.
       2.    Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required
             during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface
             film and strain material before using.

  F.   Exposed Surfaces: Include areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector
       covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings
       in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection.

       1.    Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed
             surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed
             equipment or furniture with prime coat only.
       2.    Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through
             registers or grilles.
       3.    Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed
             surfaces.
       4.    Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces.



PAINTING                                                                                      09911 - 6
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           5.    Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field-finished casework to match
                 exterior.

      G.   Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.

      H.   Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or
           otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent
           surface deterioration.

           1.    Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted.
           2.    If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply
                 additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance.

      I.   Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators
           according to manufacturer's written instructions.

      J.   Minimum Coating Thickness:    Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's
           recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as
           recommended by manufacturer.

      K.   Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items
           exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces.

      L.   Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete
           coverage with pores filled. Apply to surfaces facing or adjacent to cellulose insulation as well as
           surfaces to be finish painted.

      M.   Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by
           manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime
           coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or
           unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects
           due to insufficient sealing.

      N.   Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth,
           opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting,
           holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be
           acceptable.

      O.   Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of
           even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks,
           orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections.

      P.   Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no
           evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface
           imperfections.


3.2        CLEANING AND PROTECTING

      A.   At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint
           materials from Project site.



PAINTING                                                                                            09911 - 7
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      B.   Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting.
           Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect.

      C.   Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting
           operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work.

           1.    After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted
                 surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1.


3.3        EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE

      A.   Ferrous Metal:

           1.    Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a rust-inhibitive primer.

                 a.    Primer: Exterior ferrous-metal primer (not required on shop-primed items).
                 b.    Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel.

      B.   Zinc-Coated Metal:

           1.    Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a galvanized metal primer.

                 a.    Primer: Exterior galvanized metal primer.
                 b.    Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel.

      C.   Aluminum:

           1.    Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.

                 a.    Primer: Exterior aluminum primer under acrylic finishes.
                 b.    Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel.

      D.   Exterior Wood
           Apply three coats of the Linseed Oil.


3.4        INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE

      A.   Ferrous Metal:

           1.    Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.

                 a.    Primer: Interior ferrous-metal primer.
                 b.    Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.

      B.   Concrete Unit Masonry:

           1.    Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a block filler.

                 a.    Block Filler: Concrete unit masonry block filler.
                 b.    Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel.


PAINTING                                                                                       09911 - 8
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      C.   Zinc-Coated Metal:

           1.    Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.

                 a.     Primer: Interior zinc-coated metal primer.
                 b.     Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.

      D.   Gypsum Board:

           1.    Acrylic Finish Two finish coats over a primer.

                 a.     Primer: Interior gypsum board primer.
                 b.     Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel.


3.5        INTERIOR STAIN AND NATURAL-FINISH WOODWORK SCHEDULE

      A.   Wax-Polished Finish: Three finish coats of paste wax over a sealer coat over transparent stain:

           1.    Stain: Benjamin Moore; Benwood Penetrating Stain No. 234.
           2.    Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer.
           3.    Finish Coats: Paste wax.



END OF SECTION 09911




PAINTING                                                                                          09911 - 9
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park


SECTION 13125 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.    Structural framing.
           2.    Roof panels.
           3.    Wall panels and liners.
           4.    Insulation.
           5.    Building components.
           6.    Accessories and trim.

      B.   See Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for concrete foundations and anchor-bolt
           installation.


1.2        SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   General: Provide a complete, integrated set of metal building system manufacturer's standard
           mutually dependent components and assemblies that form a metal building system capable of
           withstanding structural and other loads, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather
           without failure or infiltration of water into building interior. Include primary and secondary
           framing, roof and wall panels, and accessories complying with requirements indicated.

      B.   Structural Performance: Provide metal building systems capable of withstanding the effects of
           gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated.

           1.    Engineer metal building systems according to procedures in MBMA's "Low Rise
                 Building Systems Manual."
           2.    Design Loads: As indicated.

      C.   Seismic Performance: Design and engineer metal building systems capable of withstanding the
           effects of earthquake motions determined according to the building code in effect for this
           Project or ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures": Section 9,
           "Earthquake Loads," whichever is more stringent.

      D.   Thermal Movements: Provide metal building roof and wall panel systems that allow for
           thermal movements resulting from maximum change (range) in ambient and surface
           temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of
           joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering
           calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky
           heat loss.

      E.   Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide roof panel assemblies that meet requirements in UL 580 for
           Class 90 wind-uplift resistance.



METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                           13125 - 1
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of metal building system component indicated.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, structural framing, roof and wall
           panel layout, and attachments to other Work.

           1.    Include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
                 responsible for their preparation.
           2.    Anchor-Bolt Plans: Include location, diameter, and projection of anchor bolts required to
                 attach metal building to foundation. Indicate column reactions at each location.


      C.   Letter of Design Certification: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Include
           the following:

           1.    Name and location of Project.
           2.    Order number.
           3.    Name of manufacturer.
           4.    Name of Contractor.
           5.    Building dimensions, including width, length, height, and roof slope.
           6.    Indicate compliance with AISC standards for hot-rolled steel and AISI standards for cold-
                 rolled steel, including edition dates of each standard.
           7.    Governing building code and year of edition.
           8.    Design loads and load combinations.
           9.    Building-use category.
           10.   AISC Certification for Category MB: Include statement that metal building system and
                 components were designed and produced in an AISC-Certified Facility by an AISC-
                 Certified Manufacturer.
           11.   Frame reactions for footing structural design, as required by the structural engineer.

      D.   Welding certificates.

      E.   Erector Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that erectors comply with requirements.

      F.   Manufacturer certificate.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Erector Qualifications: An experienced erector who has specialized in erecting and installing
           work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is
           acceptable to manufacturer.

      B.   Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing metal building systems
           similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
           performance.

           1.    Member of MBMA.
           2.    AISC Certification for Category MB: An AISC-Certified Manufacturer that designs and
                 produces metal building systems and components in an AISC-Certified Facility.



METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                          13125 - 2
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

            3.    Engineering Responsibility:      Preparation of Shop Drawings, testing program
                  development, test result interpretation, and comprehensive engineering analysis by a
                  qualified professional engineer.

      C.    Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding
            Code--Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel."

      D.    Regulatory Requirements: Fabricate and label structural framing to comply with special
            inspection requirements at point of fabrication for welding and other connections required by
            authorities having jurisdiction.

      E.    Structural Steel: Comply with AISC S335, "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--
            Allowable Stress Design, Plastic Design," or AISC S342, "Load and Resistance Factor Design
            Specification for Structural Steel Buildings," for design requirements and allowable stresses.

      F.    Cold-Formed Steel: Comply with AISI SG-671, "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed
            Steel Structural Members," and AISI SG-911, "Load and Resistance Facet Design Specification
            for Steel Structural Members," for design requirements and allowable stresses.


1.5         DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with tarpaulins or other suitable weathertight and
      ventilated covering. Store roof and wall panels to ensure dryness. Do not store panels in contact with
      other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.


1.6         COORDINATION

      A.    Coordinate size and location of concrete foundations and casting of anchor-bolt inserts into
            foundation walls and footings. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are
            specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

      B.    Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.


1.7         WARRANTY

      A.    Special Warranty on Panels: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
            repair or replace roof and wall panels that fail in materials or workmanship within three years
            from date of Substantial Completion.

      B.    Special Warranty on Roof and Wall Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which
            manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration
            of factory-applied finishes within 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. Deterioration
            of finish includes, but is not limited to, color fade, chalking, cracking, peeling, and loss of film
            integrity.




METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                                13125 - 3
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1         MANUFACTURERS.

      Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products
      that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

            1.    Alliance Steel, Inc.
            2.    American Buildings Company.
            3.    American Steel Building Company, Inc.
            4.    Behlen Mfg. Co.
            5.    Butler Manufacturing Company.
            6.    Ceco Building Systems.
            7.    Crown Metal Buildings, Inc.
            8.    Dean Steel Buildings.
            9.    Garco Building Systems.
            10.   Gulf States Manufacturers, Inc.
            11.   Mesco Metal Buildings.
            12.   Metal Building Products, Inc.
            13.   Package Steel Building Systems.
            14.   Southern Structures, Inc.
            15.   Star Building Systems.
            16.   Steelox Systems Inc.
            17.   Varco-Pruden Buildings; a United Dominion Company.


2.2         STRUCTURAL-FRAMING MATERIALS

      A.    Structural-Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 529/A 529M.

      B.    Steel Plate, Bar, or Strip:        ASTM A 529/A 529M, ASTM A 570/A 570M,                  or
            ASTM A 572/A 572M; 50,000-psi (345-MPa) minimum yield strength.

      C.    Steel Tubing or Pipe: ASTM A 500, Grade B; ASTM A 501; or ASTM A 53, Grade B.

      D.    Structural-Steel Sheet: Hot-rolled, ASTM A 570/A 570M, Grade 50 or Grade 55; hot-rolled,
            ASTM 568/A 568M; or cold-rolled, ASTM A 611, structural-quality, matte (dull) finish.

      E.    Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural quality, Grade 50,
            with G60 (Z180) coating designation; mill phosphatized.

      F.    Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet Prepainted with Coil Coating: Steel sheet metallic coated by the
            hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with
            ASTM A 755/A 755M.

            1.    Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating
                  designation; structural quality.
            2.    Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating,
                  Grade 40 (Class AZ150 coating, Grade 275); structural quality.




METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                        13125 - 4
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      G.   Non-High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M,
           Property Class 4.6); carbon-steel, hex-head bolts; carbon-steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel
           washers.

           Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153, Class C.

      H.   High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heavy hex
           steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers.

           1.    Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153, Class C .

           2.    Direct-Tension Indicators:     ASTM F 959, Type 325 or Type 490 (ASTM F 959M,
                 Type 325M or Type 490M).

                 Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50.

      I.   Anchor Rods, Bolts, Nuts, and Washers:

           1.    Unheaded Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
           2.    Unheaded Bolts: ASTM A 687, high strength.
           3.    Headed Bolts: [ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); carbon-steel,
                 hex-head bolts; and] [ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heavy hex steel structural
                 bolts and heavy hex] [ASTM A 490 (ASTM A 490M), Type 1, heavy hex steel structural
                 bolts and heavy hex] carbon-steel nuts.
           4.    Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

      J.   Primers: As selected by manufacturer for resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion,
           compatibility with finish paint systems, and capability to provide a sound foundation for field-
           applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure.

           Primer: Manufacturer's standard, lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer.


2.3        PANEL MATERIALS

      A.   Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet Prepainted with Coil Coating: Steel sheet metallic coated by the
           hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with
           ASTM A 755/A 755M.
           1.    Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating,
                 Grade 40 (Class AZ150 coating, Grade 275); structural quality.
           2.    Surface: Smooth, flat, mill finish.
           3.    Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard colors.

      B.   Panel Sealants:

           1.    Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound
                 sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic,
                 nonstaining tape 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick.
           2.    Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; one-part elastomeric polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone-
                 rubber sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in




METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                           13125 - 5
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

                 panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended by metal building system
                 manufacturer.


2.4        INSULATION MATERIALS

      A.   Glass-Fiber-Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 991, Type I, or NAIMA 202 thermal insulation of
           0.5-lb/cu. ft. (8-kg/cu. m) density, thickness as indicated, with a flame-spread index of 25 or
           less, and with 2-inch- (50-mm-) wide, continuous, vapor-tight edge tabs.

      B.   Vapor-Retarder Facing: ASTM C 1136.

           1.    Composition: Vinyl-faced, scrim-reinforced polyester.
           2.    Permeance: Not greater than 0.02 perm when tested according to ASTM E 96, Desiccant
                 Method.

      C.   Retainer Strips: 0.019-inch- (0.5-mm-) thick, formed, galvanized steel or PVC retainer clips
           colored to match insulation facing.


2.5        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, inert-type noncorrosive
           compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities, and
           formulated for 15-mil (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat.

      B.   Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107 premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive,
           nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage compensating
           agents, plasticizing and water-reducing agents, of consistency suitable for application, and with
           a 30-minute working time.

      C.   Shop Primer for Galvanized Metal Surfaces: FS TT-P-641 zinc dust, zinc-oxide primer selected
           by manufacturer for compatibility with substrate.

      D.   Finish Painting: Refer to Division 9 Sections.


2.6        FABRICATION, GENERAL

      A.   Primary Framing: Shop-fabricate framing components to indicated size and section with
           baseplates, bearing plates, stiffeners, and other items required for erection welded into place.
           Cut, form, punch, drill, and weld framing for bolted field assembly.

           1.    Make shop connections by welding or by using high-strength bolts.
           2.    Join flanges to webs of built-up members by a continuous submerged arc-welding
                 process.
           3.    Brace compression flange of primary framing by angles connected between frame web
                 and purlin or girt web, so flange compressive strength is within allowable limits for any
                 combination of loadings.
           4.    Weld clips to frames for attaching secondary framing members.
           5.    Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces for shop priming according to SSPC-SP 2. Shop prime
                 primary structural members with specified primer after fabrication.


METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                            13125 - 6
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      B.   Secondary Framing: Shop-fabricate framing components to indicated size and section by roll-
           forming or break-forming, with baseplates, bearing plates, stiffeners, and other plates required
           for erection welded into place. Cut, form, punch, drill, and weld secondary framing for bolted
           field connections to primary framing.

           1.    Make shop connections by welding or by using non-high-strength bolts.
           2.    Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces for shop priming according to SSPC-SP 2. Shop prime
                 secondary structural members after fabrication.

      C.   Factory Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Where field painting after installation is indicated,
           apply air-dried primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating.

           1.    Prime primary, secondary, and end-wall steel framing members for a minimum dry film
                 thickness of 1 mil (0.025 mm).

                 Prime secondary steel framing formed from metallic-coated steel sheet with red-oxide
                 polyester paint, with a minimum dry film thickness of 0.5 mil (0.013 mm) on each side.

           2.    Prime galvanized members, after phosphoric acid pretreatment, with manufacturer's
                 standard zinc dust, zinc-oxide primer.

      D.   Tolerances: Comply with MBMA's "Low Rise Building Systems Manual":                  Chapter IV,
           Section 9, "Fabrication and Erection Tolerances."


2.7        STRUCTURAL FRAMING

      A.   Note that primary structural frames and roof purlins are existing. This contractor to provide
           additional steel framing as shown on the plans and required herein.

      B.   Primary Framing: Manufacturer's standard structural primary framing system, designed to
           withstand required loads and specified requirements. Primary framing includes transverse and
           lean-to frames; rafter, rake, and canopy beams; sidewall, intermediate, end-wall, and corner
           columns; and wind bracing.

           1.    General: Provide frames with attachment plates, bearing plates, and splice members.
                 Factory drill for field-bolted assembly. Provide frame span and spacing indicated.
           2.    Rigid Clear-Span Frames: I-shaped frame sections fabricated from shop-welded, built-up
                 steel plates or structural-steel shapes.
           3.    Rigid Modular Frames: I-shaped frame sections fabricated from shop-welded, built-up
                 steel plates or structural-steel shapes. Provide interior columns fabricated from round
                 steel pipe or tube, or shop-welded, built-up steel plates.
           4.    Frame Configuration: Single gable
           5.    Exterior Column Type: Uniform depth.
           6.    Rafter Type: Uniform depth.

      C.   End-Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard primary end-wall framing fabricated for field-
           bolted assembly.




METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                           13125 - 7
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

       1.    End-Wall and Corner Columns: I-shaped sections fabricated from structural-steel shapes;
             shop-welded, built-up steel plates; or C-shaped, cold-formed, structural-steel sheet; with
             minimum thickness of 0.0747 inch (1.9 mm).
       2.    End-Wall Rafters: C-shaped, cold-formed, structural-steel sheet; with minimum
             thickness of 0.0598 inch (1.5 mm).

  D.   Secondary Framing: Manufacturer's standard secondary framing members, including purlins,
       girts, eave struts, flange bracing, base members, gable angles, clips, headers, jambs, and other
       miscellaneous structural members. Fabricate framing from cold-formed, structural-steel sheet
       or roll-formed, metallic-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating, unless otherwise
       indicated.

       1.    Purlins: C- or Z-shaped sections; fabricated from minimum 0.0598-inch- (1.5-mm-)
             thick steel sheet, built-up steel plates, or structural-steel shapes; minimum 2-1/2-inch-
             (64-mm-) wide flanges.

             Depth: 8-1/2 inches (216 mm).

       2.    Girts: C- or Z-shaped sections; fabricated from minimum 0.0598-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick
             steel sheet, built-up steel plates, or structural-steel shapes. Form ends of Z-sections with
             stiffening lips angled 45 to 50 deg rees to flange and with minimum 2-1/2-inch- (64-mm-
             ) wide flanges.

             Depth: 8-1/2 inches (216 mm).

       3.    Eave Struts: Unequal-flange, C-shaped sections; fabricated from 0.0598-inch- (1.5-mm-)
             thick steel sheet, built-up steel plates, or structural-steel shapes; to provide adequate
             backup for both roof and wall panels.
       4.    Flange and Sag Bracing: Minimum 1-5/8-by-1-5/8-inch (41-by-41-mm) structural-steel
             angles, with a minimum thickness of 0.0598 inch (1.5 mm), to stiffen primary frame
             flanges.
       5.    Base or Sill Angles: Minimum 3-by-2-by-0.0747-inch (76-by-51-by-1.9-mm) zinc-
             coated (galvanized) steel sheet.
       6.    Purlin and Girt Clips: Minimum 0.0747-inch- (1.9-mm-) thick, zinc-coated (galvanized)
             steel sheet.
       7.    Secondary End-Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard sections fabricated from
             minimum 0.0747-inch- (1.9-mm-) thick, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet.
       8.    Framing for Openings: Channel shapes; fabricated from minimum 0.0598-inch- (1.5-
             mm-) thick, cold-formed, structural-steel sheet or structural-steel shapes. Frame head and
             jamb of door openings, and head, jamb, and sill of other openings.
       9.    Miscellaneous Structural Members: Manufacturer's standard sections fabricated from
             cold-formed, structural-steel sheet; built-up steel plates; or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel
             sheet; designed to withstand required loads.

  E.   Bracing: Adjustable wind bracing.

       1.    Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M; ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade D; or ASTM A 529/A 529M,
             Grade 50; 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) diameter steel; threaded full length or threaded a minimum
             of 12 inches (300 mm) at each end.
       2.    Cable: ASTM A 475, 1/4-inch- (6-mm-) diameter, extra-high-strength grade, Class B
             zinc-coated, 7-strand steel; with threaded end anchors.



METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                          13125 - 8
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           3.    Angles: Fabricated from structural-steel shapes to match primary framing, of size
                 required to withstand design loads.
           4.    Rigid Portal Frames: Fabricate from shop-welded, built-up steel plates or structural-steel
                 shapes to match primary framing; of size required to withstand design loads.
           5.    Fixed-Base Columns: Fabricate from shop-welded, built-up steel plates or structural-
                 steel shapes to match primary framing; of size required to withstand design loads.

      F.   Bolts: Provide shop-painted bolts unless structural-framing components are in direct contact
           with roof and wall panels. Provide zinc-plated bolts when structural-framing components are in
           direct contact with roof and wall panels.


2.8        ROOF PANELS

      A.   Lap-Seam Roof Panels: Fabricate from metallic-coated steel sheets prepainted with coil
           coating, factory formed to provide 36-inch (914-mm) coverage, with raised trapezoidal major
           ribs at 12 inches (305 mm) o.c., and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced between
           major ribs for full length of panel. Design panels for mechanical attachment to structure using
           exposed fasteners, lapping major ribs at panel edges. Match existing building configuration.

           1.    Material: Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel.
           2.    Metal Thickness: 0.0299 inch (0.75 mm).

      B.   Roof Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete roof panel assembly
           including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, ridge closures, clips, seam covers,
           battens, flashings, gutters, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match
           materials and finishes of roof panels, unless otherwise indicated.

           1.    Clips: Minimum 0.0625-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick, stainless-steel panel clips designed to
                 withstand negative-load requirements.
           2.    Cleats: Mechanically seamed cleats formed from minimum 0.0250-inch- (0.65-mm-)
                 thick, stainless-steel or nylon-coated aluminum sheet.
           3.    Thermal Spacer Blocks: Where panels attach directly to purlins, provide 1-inch- (25-
                 mm-) thick, thermal spacer blocks; fabricated from extruded polystyrene.

      C.   Exterior Finish: Coil coating.
           1.    Siliconized-Polyester Coating: Epoxy primer and silicone-modified, polyester-enamel
                 topcoat; with a dry film thickness of not less than 0.2 mil (0.005 mm) for primer and 0.8
                 mil (0.02 mm) for topcoat.
           2.    Colors, Textures, and Glosses: Match As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s
                 standard colors.

      D.   Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light-colored
           backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a total minimum dry film thickness
           of 0.5 mil (0.013 mm).


2.9        WALL PANELS

      A.   Uninsulated Wall Panels: Manufacturer's standard panels.




METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                               13125 - 9
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

       1.    Ribbed Panels: Fabricate from metallic-coated steel sheets prepainted with coil coating,
             factory formed to provide 36-inch (914-mm) coverage, with raised trapezoidal major ribs
             at 12 inches (305 mm) o.c., and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced
             between major ribs for full length of panel. Design panels for mechanical attachment to
             structure using exposed fasteners, lapping major ribs at panel edges. Match existing
             building configuration

             a.    Material: Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel.
             b.    Metal Thickness: 0.0299 inch (0.75 mm).

  B.   Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete wall panel assembly,
       including trim, copings, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, seam covers, battens, flashings,
       sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match materials and finishes of
       panels.

  C.   Exposed Finish for Exterior Panels: Coil coating.
       1.   Siliconized-Polyester Coating: Epoxy primer and silicone-modified, polyester-enamel
            topcoat; with a dry film thickness of not less than 0.2 mil (0.005 mm) for primer and 0.8
            mil (0.02 mm) for topcoat.
       2.   Colors, Textures, and Glosses: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard
            colors.

  D.   Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light-colored
       backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a total minimum dry film thickness
       of 0.5 mil (0.013 mm).


2.10   WINDOWS

  A.   Aluminum Windows: Manufacturer's standard of type indicated and of grade and performance
       class according to AAMA 101 indicated.

       1.    Window Types, Grade, and Performance Class:

             Horizontal Sliding Units: AAMA Grade and Performance Class HS-C20.

       2.    Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy and temper recommended
             by manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required finish, but
             not less than 22,000-psi (152-MPa) ultimate tensile strength and 0.062-inch (1.6-mm)
             thickness at any location for main frame and sash members.

             Thermally Improved Construction: Fabricate window units with an integral, concealed,
             low-conductance, thermal barrier; located between exterior materials and window
             members exposed on interior; in a manner that eliminates direct metal-to-metal contact.

       3.    Fasteners, Anchors, and Clips: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other
             noncorrosive material, compatible with aluminum window members, trim, hardware,
             anchors, and other components of window units. Fasteners shall not be exposed, except
             for attaching hardware.
       4.    Hardware: Manufacturer's standard; of die-cast steel, malleable iron, or bronze; with
             steel or bronze operating arms.



METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                       13125 - 10
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

       5.    Sliding-Type Weather Stripping: AAMA 701/702 woven-pile weather stripping of wool,
             polypropylene, or nylon pile and resin-impregnated backing fabric.
       6.    Insect Screens: Removable insect screen on each operable exterior sash, with screen
             frame finished to match window unit, and wire fabric mesh of 0.013-inch- (0.3-mm-)
             diameter, coated aluminum wire.
       7.    Baked-Enamel Finish: Thermosetting, modified-acrylic enamel system complying with
             AAMA 603.8 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 0.7 mil (0.02 mm), medium
             gloss on exposed areas.

             Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range

  B.   Glazing:

       Preglazed Fabrication: Preglaze window units at the factory to greatest extent possible and
       practical for applications indicated. Provide manufacturer’s insulating glass units with 20 year
       warranty against seal damage.


2.11   ACCESSORIES

  A.   General: Provide accessories as standard with metal building system manufacturer. Provide
       sheet metal accessories of same material and in same finish as roof and wall panels, unless
       otherwise indicated.

  B.   Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and
       other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide fasteners with heads
       matching color of roof or wall sheets by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating.

       1.    Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws with hex washer
             head.
       2.    Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets.

  C.   Flashing and Trim: Form from 0.0179-inch- (0.45-mm-) thick, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel
       sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating. Provide flashing
       and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations
       include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae,
       and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent roof or wall panels.

       Opening Trim: Minimum 0.028-inch- (0.7-mm-) thick steel sheet. Trim head and jamb of door
       openings, and head, jamb, and sill of other openings.

  D.   Roof Ventilators: Gravity type, complete with hardware, flashing, closures, and fittings.

       Continuous or Sectional Ridge-Type: Factory-engineered and -fabricated, continuous unit;
       fabricated from minimum 0.0179-inch- (0.45-mm-) thick, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet
       or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating; in 10-foot- (3-m-) long
       sections. Provide throat size and total length indicated, complete with side baffles, ventilator
       assembly, end caps, splice plates, and reinforcing diaphragms. Finish ventilators to match roof
       panels.

             a.     Bird Screens: 1/2-by-1/2-inch (13-by-13-mm) galvanized steel or aluminum mesh.



METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                       13125 - 11
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

                 b.     Dampers: Manually operated, spring-loaded, vertically rising type; with chain and
                        worm gear operator.
                 c.     Throat Size: 12 inches (305 mm).

      E.   Closures: Closed-cell, laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- (25-mm-) thick, flexible
           closure strips; cut or premolded to match roof and wall panel profile. Provide closure strips
           where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction.

      F.   Pipe Flashing: Premolded, EPDM pipe collar with flexible aluminum ring bonded to base.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        ERECTION

      A.   Before erection proceeds, survey elevations and locations of existing to remain steel framing,
           concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, baseplates, and anchor bolts to receive structural
           framing. Verify compliance with requirements and metal building system manufacturer's
           tolerances.

      B.   Erect metal building system according to manufacturer's written instructions and erection
           drawings.

      C.   Do not field cut, drill, or alter structural members without written approval from metal building
           system manufacturer's professional engineer.

      D.   Set structural framing in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC
           specifications referenced in this Section. Maintain structural stability of frame during erection.

      E.   Baseplates and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing
           materials and roughen surfaces before setting baseplates and bearing plates. Clean bottom
           surface of baseplates and bearing plates.

           1.    Set baseplates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting
                 nuts.
           2.    Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do
                 not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of baseplate or
                 bearing plate before packing with grout.
           3.    Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Finish
                 exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure.

      F.   Align and adjust framing members before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean
           bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact. Make adjustments to
           compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment.

           Level and plumb individual members of structure.

      G.   Primary Framing and End Walls: Erect framing true to line, level, plumb, rigid, and secure.
           Level baseplates to a true even plane with full bearing to supporting structures, set with double-




METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                            13125 - 12
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           nutted anchor bolts. Use grout to obtain uniform bearing and to maintain a level base-line
           elevation. Moist cure grout for not less than seven days after placement.

           Make field connections using high-strength bolts. Tighten bolts by turn-of-the-nut method.

      H.   Secondary Framing: Erect framing true to line, level, plumb, rigid, and secure. Fasten
           secondary framing to primary framing using clips with field connections using non-high-
           strength bolts. Hold rigidly to a straight line by sag rods.

           1.    Provide rake or gable purlins with tight-fitting closure channels and fasciae.
           2.    Locate and space wall girts to suit door and window arrangements and heights.
           3.    Locate canopy framing as indicated.
           4.    Provide supplemental framing at entire perimeter of openings, including doors, windows,
                 louvers, ventilators, and other penetrations of roof and walls.

      I.   Bracing: Install bracing in roof and sidewalls where indicated on erection drawings.

           1.    Tighten rod and cable bracing to avoid sag.
           2.    Locate interior end bay bracing only where indicated.

      J.   Framing for Openings: Provide shapes of proper design and size to reinforce openings and to
           carry loads and vibrations imposed, including equipment furnished under mechanical and
           electrical work. Securely attach to building structural frame.

      K.   Structural-Steel Erection Tolerances: Comply with erection tolerance limits in AISC S303,
           "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."


3.2        ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Provide roof panels of full length from eave to ridge when possible. Install panels
           perpendicular to purlins.

           1.    Remove existing roof panels. Salvage for use as interior wall lining, as shown.

           2.    Rigidly fasten eave end of roof panels and allow ridge end free movement due to thermal
                 expansion and contraction. Predrill panels.
           3.    Provide weatherseal under ridge cap.
           4.    Flash and seal roof panels with weather closures at eaves, rakes, and at perimeter of all
                 openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws.
           5.    Use aluminum or stainless-steel fasteners for exterior applications and galvanized
                 fasteners for interior applications.
           6.    Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices
                 to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition.

      B.   Lap-Seam Roof Panels: Fasten roof panels to purlins with exposed fasteners at each lapped
           joint at location and spacing determined by manufacturer.

           1.    Arrange and nest side-lap joints so prevailing winds blow over, not into, lapped joints.
                 Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib corrugation. Apply panels and associated items
                 for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid "panel creep" or application not true to line.



METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                             13125 - 13
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

           2.    Provide sealant tape at lapped joints of roof panels and between panels and protruding
                 equipment, vents, and accessories.
           3.    Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant tape to weather-side surface of fastenings on end
                 laps, and on side laps of nesting-type panels.
           4.    At panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6-inch (150-mm) end lap, sealed with butyl
                 sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates.


3.3        WALL PANEL INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Provide panels full height of building when possible. Install panels perpendicular to
           girts.

           1.    Arrange and nest side-lap joints so prevailing winds blow over, not into, lapped joints.
                 Install panels with vertical edges plumb. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib
                 corrugation. Apply panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure.
                 Avoid "panel creep" or application not true to line.
           2.    Unless otherwise indicated, begin panel installation at corners with center of rib lined up
                 with line of framing.
           3.    Align bottom of wall panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-tapping screws.
           4.    Fasten flashing and trim around openings and similar elements with self-tapping screws.
           5.    When 2 rows of panels are required, lap panels 4 inches (100 mm) minimum. Locate
                 panel splices over structural supports.
           6.    When building height requires two rows of panels at gable ends, align lap of gable panels
                 over wall panels at eave height.
           7.    Provide weather-resistant escutcheons for pipe and conduit penetrating exterior walls.
           8.    Flash and seal wall panels with weather closures under eaves and rakes, along lower
                 panel edges, and at perimeter of all openings.
           9.    Apply elastomeric sealant continuously between metal base channel (sill angle) and
                 concrete, and elsewhere as necessary for waterproofing. Handle and apply sealant and
                 backup according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions.
           10.   Use aluminum or stainless-steel fasteners for exterior applications and galvanized
                 fasteners for interior applications.

      B.   Uninsulated Panels: Install wall panels on exterior side of girts. Attach panels to supports with
           fasteners as recommended by manufacturer.

      C.   Install interior liner panels of existing, salvaged building roof panels. Install where shown.


3.4        INSULATION INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Install insulation concurrently with panel installation, according to manufacturer's
           written instructions.

           1.    Set vapor-retarder-faced units with vapor retarder to warm (inside) side of construction,
                 unless otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping.
           2.    Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of insulation to
                 surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation.




METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                              13125 - 14
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      B.   Blanket Insulation: Install factory-laminated, vapor-retarder-faced blankets straight and true in
           one-piece lengths with both sets of facing tabs sealed to provide a complete vapor retarder.
           Comply with the following installation method:

      C.   Blanket Insulation: Install blankets straight and true in one-piece lengths. Install vapor retarder
           over insulation with both sets of facing tabs sealed to provide a complete vapor retarder.
           Comply with the following installation method:

           1.    Over-Framing Installation: Extend insulation and vapor retarder over and perpendicular
                 to top flange of secondary framing members. Hold in place by panels fastened to
                 secondary framing.
           2.    Between-Purlin Installation: Extend insulation and vapor retarder between purlins.
                 Carry vapor-retarder facing tabs up and over purlin, overlapping adjoining facing of next
                 insulation course maintaining continuity of retarder. Hold in place with bands and
                 crossbands below insulation.
           3.    Over-Purlin-with-Spacer-Block Installation: Extend insulation and vapor retarder over
                 and perpendicular to top flange of secondary framing members. Install layer of filler
                 insulation over first layer to fill space formed by roof panel standoffs. Hold in place by
                 panels fastened to standoffs.
           4.    Retainer Strips: Install retainer strips at each longitudinal insulation joint, straight and
                 taut, nesting with secondary framing to hold insulation in place.


3.5        DOOR INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Seal perimeter of each door frame with elastomeric sealant used for panels.

      B.   Personnel Doors and Frames: Install doors and frames straight, level, and plumb. Securely
           anchor frames to building structure. Set units with maximum 1/8-inch (3-mm) clearance
           between door and frame at jambs and head and maximum 3/4-inch (19-mm) clearance between
           door and floor.

      C.   Glazing: Clean channel surfaces and prime as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Cut
           glass to required size for measured opening; provide adequate edge clearance and glass bite all
           around. Do not install glass that has significant edge damage or other defects.

      D.   Door Installation Tolerances: Fit doors in frames within clearances specified in SDI 100.

           Fire-Rated Doors: Install with clearances specified in NFPA 80.

      E.   Adjusting: After completing installation, lubricate, test, and adjust doors to operate easily, free
           from warp, twist, or distortion.


3.6        WINDOW INSTALLATION

      A.   Set sill members and other members in a bed of sealant or with joint fillers or gaskets to provide
           weathertight construction.

      B.   Anchor windows securely in place. Seal perimeter of each unit with elastomeric sealant used
           for panels. Mount screens direct to frames with tapped screw clips.



METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                            13125 - 15
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

      C.   Glazing: Replace glass that is broken or damaged to ensure that each piece of exterior glass is
           airtight and watertight through normal weather/temperature cycles and through normal window
           operation.

      D.   Adjusting: Adjust operating ventilators and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and
           weather stripping, for smooth operation and a weathertight closure.


3.7        ACCESSORY INSTALLATION

      A.   General: Install ventilators, and other accessories with positive anchorage to building and
           weathertight mounting. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.

      B.   Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation
           instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide for thermal
           expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as
           indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and
           weather resistant.

           1.    Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.
                 Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24
                 inches (610 mm) of corner or intersection.
           2.    Separations: Separate metal from incompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating
                 concealed surfaces, at locations of contact, with asphalt mastic or other permanent
                 separation as recommended by manufacturer.

      C.   Continuous Roof Ventilators: Set ventilators complete with necessary hardware, anchors,
           dampers, weather guards, rain caps, and equipment supports. Join sections with splice plates
           and end-cap skirt assemblies where required to achieve indicated length. Install preformed filler
           strips at base to seal ventilator to roof panels.

           Adjusting: After completing installation, including work by other trades, lubricate, test, and
           adjust units to operate easily, free from warp, twist, or distortion.

      D.   Pipe Flashing: Form flashing around pipe penetration and roof panels. Fasten and seal to roof
           panel as recommended by manufacturer.


3.8        CLEANING AND PROTECTION

      A.   Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean, prepare, and prime or reprime welds,
           bolted connections, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted primary and secondary framing,
           accessories, and bearing plates.

           Apply compatible primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces.

      B.   Repair damaged galvanized coatings on exposed surfaces with galvanized repair paint
           according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.




METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                            13125 - 16
Equipment Sheds at Elephant Butte Lake State Park

  C.   Roof and Wall Panels: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as
       soon as each panel is installed. On completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as
       recommended by panel manufacturer and maintain in a clean condition during construction.

       Replace panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish
       touchup or similar minor repair procedures.


END OF SECTION 13125




METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS                                                                      13125 - 17
SECTION 15110 - VALVES


PART 1 - GENERAL (Not Applicable)


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        GENERAL-DUTY VALVES

      A.   End Connections: Threads shall comply with ANSI B1.20.1. Flanges shall comply with ANSI B16.1 for
           cast-iron valves and ANSI B16.24 for bronze valves. Solder-joint connections shall comply with
           ANSI B16.18.

      B.   Ball Valves: Rated for 150-psig saturated steam pressure, 400-psig WOG pressure; 2-piece construction;
           with bronze body, standard (or regular) port, chrome-plated brass ball, replaceable "Teflon" or "TFE"
           seats and seals, blowout-proof stem, and vinyl-covered steel handle.

      C.   Swing Check Valves: Class 125, cast-bronze body and cap; with horizontal swing, Y-pattern, and bronze
           disc.

      D.   Valves for Copper Tube: Solder ends, except provide threaded ends for heating hot water and low-
           pressure steam service.

      E.   Valves for Steel Pipe: Threaded ends.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Use gate and ball valves for shutoff duty; globe and ball for throttling duty.

      B.   Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.

      C.   Install valves for each fixture and item of equipment.

      D.   Install three-valve bypass around each pressure-reducing valve using throttling-type valves.

      E.   Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.

      F.   Install valves in a position to allow full stem movement.

      G.   Install check valves for proper direction of flow in horizontal position with hinge pin level.


END OF SECTION 15110




VALVES                                                                                                      15110 - 1
SECTION 15140 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SECTION REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Performance Requirements: Unless otherwise indicated minimum pressure requirements for water piping
           are as follows:

           1.    Service Entrance Piping: 160 psig 100 psig.
           2.    Domestic Water Piping: 125 psig 80 psig.

      B.   Comply with NSF 14 "Plastic Piping Components and Materials."

      C.   Comply with NSF 61 "Drinking Water System Components -- Health Effects."


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PIPES AND TUBES

      A.   Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M, water tube, drawn temper.

      B.   Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L, water tube, annealed temper.

      C.   Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Schedule 40, galvanized.

      D.   PVC Plastic, Water Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 80, plain ends.

      E.   CPVC Plastic Pipe: ASTM F 441, Schedule 40.


2.2        FITTINGS

      A.   Wrought-Copper, Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B 16.22.

      B.   Cast-Copper-Alloy, Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B 16.18.

      C.   Bronze Flanges: ASME B 16.24, Classes 150 and 300.

      D.   Copper Unions: ASME B 16.18, cast-copper-alloy body, hexagonal stock, with ball-and-socket joint,
           metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint, threaded, or solder-joint and threaded ends. Threads
           complying with ASME B 1.20.1.

      E.   Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B 16.39, Classes 150 and 300; hexagonal stock; with ball-and-socket
           joint; metal-to-metal bronze seating surfaces; and female threaded ends with threads complying with
           ASME B 1.20.1.

      F.   Galvanized, Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B 16.4, Classes 125 and 250; standard pattern; with
           threads complying with ASME B 1.20.1.

      G.   Cast-Iron Threaded Flanges: ASME B 16.1, Classes 125 and 300.


DOMESTIC WATER PIPING                                                                                   15140 - 1
      H.   PVC Plastic, Schedule 80, Socket-Type Pipe Fittings: ASTM D 2467.

      I.   CPVC Plastic, Schedule 40, Socket-Type Pipe Fittings: ASTM F 438.


2.3        JOINING MATERIALS

      A.   Pipe Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents.

      B.   Solder Filler Metal: ASTM B 32, lead free.

      C.   Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, alloys to suit system requirements.

      D.   Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness
           and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.

      E.   Solvent Cements: As recommended by manufacturer.

      F.   Plastic Pipe Seals: ASTM F 477, elastomeric gasket.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        PIPING APPLICATIONS

      A.   Install listed pipe materials and joining methods below in the following applications:

           1.     Underground, Service Entrance Piping: Schedule 80 PVC plastic water pipe, Schedule 80 PVC
                  fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.
           2.     Aboveground: Hard copper tube, Type L; wrought-copper or cast-copper-alloy pressure fittings;
                  copper unions; bronze flanges; and solder joints.
           3.     Aboveground: CPVC, Schedule 40 pipe; CPVC, Schedule 40 socket fittings; and solvent-
                  cemented joints.
           4.     Aboveground: Steel pipe with galvanized, cast-iron threaded fittings.


3.2        VALVE APPLICATIONS

      A.   Install gate valves close to main on each branch and riser serving two or more plumbing fixtures or
           equipment connections and where indicated.

      B.   Install gate or ball valves on inlet to each plumbing equipment item, on each supply to each plumbing
           fixture not having stops on supplies, and elsewhere as indicated.

      C.   Install drain valve at base of each riser, at low points of horizontal runs, and where required to drain water
           distribution piping system.

      D.   Install swing check valve on discharge side of each pump and elsewhere as indicated.

      E.   Install ball valves in each hot-water circulating loop and discharge side of each pump.


3.3        PIPING INSTALLATIONS




DOMESTIC WATER PIPING                                                                                          15140 - 2
      A.   Install hangers and supports at intervals indicated in the applicable plumbing code and as recommended
           by pipe manufacturer.

      B.   Support vertical piping at each floor.


3.4        INSPECTING AND CLEANING

      A.   Inspect and test piping systems following procedures of authorities having jurisdiction.

      B.   Clean and disinfect water distribution piping following procedures of authorities having jurisdiction.


END OF SECTION 15140




DOMESTIC WATER PIPING                                                                                        15140 - 3
SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING FIXTURES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1          SECTION REQUIREMENTS

      A.     Submittals: Product Data for each type of plumbing fixture.

      B.     Comply with requirements of Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy Act," regarding water flow rate and
             water consumption of plumbing fixtures.

      C.     Comply with applicable standards below:

             1.     Enameled, Cast-Iron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M.
             2.     National Sanitation Foundation Construction: NSF 2.
             3.     Porcelain-Enameled Fixtures: ASME A112.19.4M.
             4.     Vitreous-China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1         A. Yard Hydrant: Provide Woodford freezeless yard hydrant, with ¾” NPT female inlet, ¾” removable
      brass male hose nozzle, 1” galvanized steel pipe casing, for 4 foot deep bury. Provide backflow preventer.

             B. Flush Hydrant: Provide Kupferle Foundry Company #TF-300 2” post hydrant, or approved equal.
      Post hydrant shall be non-freezing, self draining with a minimum bury of 4 feet. Provide a 2” FIP inlet, a non
      turning brass operating rod and brass casing pipe. Hydrant shall open to the left. All working parts shall be
      bronze to bronze designand serviceable from above grade with no digging. The outlet shall also be bronze with a
      2” NST nozzle.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1          INSTALLATIONS

      A.     Install fitting insulation kits on fixtures for the disabled.

      B.     Install fixtures with flanges and gasket seals.

      C.     Install tanks for accessible, tank-type water closets with lever handle mounted on wide side of
             compartment.

      D.     Fasten wall-hanging plumbing fixtures securely to supports attached to building substrate when supports
             are specified, and to building wall construction where no support is indicated.

      E.     Fasten floor-mounted fixtures to substrate. Fasten fixtures having holes for securing fixture to wall
             construction, to reinforcement built into walls.

      F.     Fasten wall-mounted fittings to reinforcement built into walls.

      G.     Fasten counter-mounting plumbing fixtures to casework.


PLUMBING FIXTURES                                                                                          15410 - 1
  H.   Secure supplies to supports or substrate within pipe space behind fixture.

  I.   Install individual supply inlets, supply stops, supply risers, and tubular brass traps with cleanouts at
       fixture.

  J.   Install water-supply stop valves in accessible locations.

  K.   Install traps on fixture outlets. Omit traps on fixtures having integral traps. Omit traps on indirect
       wastes, unless otherwise indicated.

  L.   Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within
       cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons where required to conceal protruding pipe fittings.

  M.   Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-
       resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color.

  N.   Install piping connections between plumbing fixtures and piping systems and plumbing equipment.
       Install insulation on supplies and drains of fixtures for the disabled.

  O.   Provide gravel around base of yard and flush hydrants for proper long-term drainage function, per
       manufacturer’s instructions and as required by Code.

  P.   Ground equipment. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to UL 486A and UL 486B.


END OF SECTION 15410




PLUMBING FIXTURES                                                                                    15410 - 2
                                       SECTION 16110

                                        RACEWAYS


1.0   GENERAL

1.1   SECTION INCLUDES

      A.   Conduit and fittings.

      B.   Surface raceway.

      C.   Wireway.

      D.   Electrical boxes.

      E.   Service fittings.

1.2   REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Conform to requirement of ANSI/NFPA 70.

      B.   Furnish products listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. or other testing firm acceptable
           to authority having jurisdiction.


2.0   PRODUCTS

2.1   PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Use only specified raceway in the following locations:
           1.      Underground Installations More than Five Feet From Foundation Wall: Plastic
                   conduit.
           2.      Installations In or Under Concrete Slab, or Underground Within Five Feet From
                   Foundation Wall: Rigid steel conduit or Plastic conduit.
           3.      In Slab Above Grade: Not Applicable.
           4.      Exposed Outdoor Locations: Intermediate Metal Conduit or Electrical metallic
                   tubing. Use threaded or rain tight fittings.
           5.      Wet Interior Locations: Electrical metallic tubing. Use threaded or raintight
                   fittings for metal conduit.
           6.      Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Electrical metallic tubing.
           7.      Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Electrical metallic tubing.




                                            16110-1
      B.   Size raceways for conductor type installed or for type THW conductors, whichever is
           larger.
                   Minimum Size Conduit: 1/2-inch.

2.2   CONDUIT AND FITTINGS

      A.   Conduit:
           1.     Metal Conduit and Tubing: Galvanized steel.
           2.     Flexible Conduit: Steel.
           3.     Liquidtight Flexible Conduit: Flexible conduit with PVC jacket.
           4.     Plastic Conduit and Tubing: NEMA TC 2; PVC. Use Schedule 40 conduit.

      B.   Conduit Fittings:
           1.     Metal Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1.
           2.     Plastic Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3.

2.3   SURFACE METAL RACEWAY

      A.   Manufacturers:
           1.    Wiremold
           2.    Approved Equal

      B.   Description: Sheet metal channel with fitted cover, suitable for use as surface raceway.
           1.      Size: As shown on Drawing.
           2.      Finish: Selected by Architect

2.4   MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLY

      A.   Manufacturers:
           1.    Wiremold
           2.    Approved Equal

      B.   Description: Sheet metal channel with fitted cover, suitable for use as multi- outlet
           assembly.
           1.      Size: As shown on Drawing.
           2.      Receptacles: Provisions for receptacles as shown on Drawings.
           3.      Finish: Buff enamel.

2.5   WIREWAY AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS

      A.   Wireway: General purpose type wireway, without knockouts.
           1.    Size: As indicated on Drawings.
           2.    Cover: Hinged cover.
           3.    Fittings: Lay-in type with removable top, bottom, and side; captive screws.
           4.    Finish: Rust inhibiting primer coating with gray enamel finish.




                                            16110-2
      B.    Bussed Wireway: - Not Applicable

2.6   ELECTRICAL BOXES

      A.    Boxes:
            1.     Sheet Metal: NEMA OS 1; Galvanized steel.
            2.     Cast Metal: Cast alloy, deep type, gasket cover, threaded hubs.
            3.     Nonmetallic: NEMA OS 2.

      B.    Floor Boxes for Installation in Poured concrete Floors: Fully adjustable, cast iron.

      C.    Hinged Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250; Type 1, steel enclosure with manufacturer's
            standard enamel finish and continuous hinge cover, held closed by flush latch operable by
            screwdriver.

      D.    Large Cast Metal Boxes:
            1.     Surface-Mounted Type: NEMA 250; Type 4 and Type 6, flat-flanged, surface-
                   mounted junction box; galvanized cast iron box and cover with ground flange,
                   neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws.
            2.     Underground Type: NEMA 250; Type 4, Inside flanged, recessed cover box for
                   flush mounting.

2.7   SERVICE FITTINGS – Not Applicable


3.0   EXECUTION

3.1   EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION

      A.    Verify that supporting surfaces are ready to receive work.

      B.    Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings, in approximate locations, unless dimensioned.
                    Obtain verification from Architect/Engineer and Owner of box locations, and
                    locations of outlets in offices and work areas, prior to rough-in.

3.2   INSTALLATION

      A.    Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and to present neat appearance.
            1.     Route exposed raceway parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping.
            2.     Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance to piping and 12 inch clearance to heat
                   surfaces such as flues, steam pipes, and heating appliances.
            3.     Maintain required fire, acoustic, and vapor barrier rating when penetrating walls,
                   floors, and ceilings.
            4.     Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible;
                   otherwise, route through roof jack with pitch pocket.




                                              16110-3
     5.      Group in parallel runs where practical. Use rack constructed of steel channel.
             Maintain spacing between raceways or derate circuit ampacities to NFPA 70
             requirements.
     6.      Use conduit hangers and clamps; do not fasten with wire or perforated pipe straps.
     7.      Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction.
     8.      Terminate conduit stubs with insulated bushings.
     9.      Use suitable caps to protect installed raceway against entrance of dirt and moisture.
     10.     Provide No. 12 AWG insulated conductor or suitable pull string in empty
             raceways, except sleeves and nipples.
     11.     Install expansion-deflection joints where raceway crosses building expansion
             joints.
     12.     Install plastic conduit and tubing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B.   Install surface metal raceway and multi-outlet assemblies in accordance with
     manufacturer's instructions.
     1.      Use flat-head screws or clips and straps suitable for the purpose, to fasten channel
             to surfaces. Mount plumb and level.
     2.      Use suitable insulated bushings and inserts at connections to outlets and corner
             fittings in metal raceway.
     3.      Use fittings and accessories designed for use with raceway system.

C.   Install auxiliary gutter and wireway in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

D.   Install electrical boxes as shown on the drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire
     pulling, equipment connections and regulatory requirements.
     1.       Use cast outlet box in exterior locations and wet locations.
     2.       Use hinged cover enclosure for interior pull and junction box larger than 12 inches
              in any dimension.
     3.       Locate and install electrical boxes to allow access. Provide access panels if
              required.
     4.       Locate and install electrical boxes to maintain headroom and to present neat
              mechanical appearance.
     5.       Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings or in unfinished
              areas.
     6.       Provide knockout closures for unused openings.
     7.       Align wall-mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices.
     8.       Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets above counters, benches, and
              backsplashes.
     9.       Install lighting outlets to locate luminaries as shown on reflected ceiling plan.

E.   Use recessed outlet boxes in finished areas and where indicated.
     1.      Secure boxes to interior wall and partition studs, accurately positioning to allow for
             surface finish thickness.
     2.      Use stamped steel stud bridges for flush outlets in hollow stud wall, and adjustable
             steel channel fasteners for flush ceiling outlet boxes.




                                       16110-4
3.   Locate boxes in masonry walls to require cutting corner only. Coordinate masonry
     cutting to achieve neat openings for boxes.
4.   Do not install boxes back-to-back in walls; provide 6 inches separation, minimum;
     except provide 24 inches separation, minimum in acoustic-rated walls.
5.   Do not damage insulation.



                      END OF SECTION




                             16110-5
                                          SECTION 16120

                                      WIRES AND CABLES


1.0   GENERAL

1.1   SECTION INCLUDES

      A.      Wire and cable.

      B.      Wiring devices.

      C.      Service fittings.

1.2   SUBMITTALS

      Product Data:
              A.    Provide wiring device configurations, ratings, dimensions, and color selections.
              B.    Provide service fitting configurations, dimensions, and finish and color selections.

1.3   QUALITY ASSURANCE

      Perform Work in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation.

1.4   REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

      A.      Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.

      B.      Furnish products listed by UL or other testing firm acceptable to authority having
              jurisdiction.

2.0   PRODUCTS

2.1   WIRING METHODS

      A.      Concealed Interior Locations:
              1. Building wire in raceway.
              2. Metal Clad Cable

      B.      Exposed Interior Locations: Building wire in raceway.

      C.      Above Accessible Ceilings:
              1.     Building wire in raceway.
              2.     Metal Clad Cable



                                               16120-1
      D.   Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Building wire in raceway.

      E.   Exterior Locations: Building wire in raceways.

      F.   Underground Locations: Building wire in raceways.

      G.   Use no wire smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits, and no smaller than 14
           AWG for control wiring. Use 10 AWG conductor for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuit
           home runs longer than 75 feet; and for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuit home runs longer
           than 200 feet.

2.2   WIRE AND CABLE

      A.   Manufacturers:
           1.    Southwest
           2.    Essex
           3.    Approved Equal

      B.   Building Wire:
           1.      Feeders and Branch Circuits Larger Than 6 AWG: Copper, stranded conductor,
                   600 volt insulation, THHN/THWN.
           2.      Feeders and Branch Circuits 6 AWG and Smaller: Copper conductor, 600 volt
                   insulation, THHN/THWN. 6 and 8 AWG, stranded conductor; smaller than 8
                   AWG, solid conductor.
           3.    Control Circuits: Copper, stranded conductor, 600 volt insulation, THW.
           4.    Minimum wire size for all branch circuits, #12   Copper THHN.

      C.   Non-metallic Sheathed Cable: NOT ALLOWED

      D.   Armored Cable: NOT ALLOWED

      E.   METAL CLAD CABLE:

           1.      Description: ANSI/NFPA 70, Type MC.
           2.      Conductor: Copper
           3.      Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts.
           4.      Insulation Temperature Rating: 90 degrees C.
           5.      Insulation Material: Thermoplastic
           6.      Armor Material: Steel.
           7.      Armor Design: Interlocked metal tape or Corrugated tube.
           8.      Jacket: PVC, in locations specified.




                                           16120-2
      F.   Remote Control and Signal Cable:
           1.     Control Cable for Class 1 Remote control and Signal Circuits: Copper conductor,
                  600 volt insulation, rated 60 degree C, individual conductors twisted together, and
                  covered with PVC jacket.
           2.     Control Cable for Class 2 or Class 3 Remote Control and Signal Circuits: Copper
                  conductor, 300 volt insulation, rated 60 degree C, individual conductors twisted
                  together, shielded, and covered with PVC jacket; UL listed.
           3.     Plenum Cable for Class 2 or Class 3 Remote Control and Signal Circuits: Copper
                  conductor, 300 volt insulation, rated 60 degree C, individual conductors twisted
                  together, shielded, and covered with non-metallic jacket; UL listed for use in air
                  handling ducts, hollow spaces used as ducts, and plenums.

      G.   Cords: Oil-resistant thermoset insulated multi-conductor flexible cord with identified
           equipment grounding conductor, suitable for extra hard usage in damp locations.

2.3   WIRING DEVICES AND WALL PLATES

      A.   Single Pole Switch:
           1.      Hubbell 1221-I.
           2.      Approved Equal.

      B.   Double Pole Switch:
           1.     Hubbell 1222-I.
           2.     Approved Equal.

      C.   Three-way Switch:
           1.     Hubbell 1223-I.
           2.     Approved Equal.

      D.   Four-way Switch:
           1.     Hubbell 1224-I.
           2.     Approved Equal.

      E.   Duplex Convenience Receptacle:
           1.     Hubbell 5362.
           2.     Approved Equal.

      F.   GFCI receptacle:
           1.     Hubbell GF5362.
           2.     Approved Equal.

      G.   Telephone Jack:
                  As indicated on the drawings.

      H.   Cover Plate:
                  Description: Nylon or Stainless Steel. Finish selection by Architect.



                                           16120-3
      I.    Weatherproof Cover Plate:
                   Description: Gasketed cast metal with hinged gasketed device cover.

2.4   SERVICE FITTINGS – Not Applicable


3.0   EXECUTION

3.1   EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION

      A.    Verify that interior of building is physically protected from weather.

      B.    Verify that mechanical work which is likely to injure conductors has been completed.

      C.    Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors.

3.2   INSTALLATION

      A.    Neatly train and secure wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panel boards.

      B.    Use wire pulling lubricant for pulling 4 AWG and larger wires.

      C.    Support cables above accessible ceilings to keep them from resting on ceiling tiles.

      D.    Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without
            perceptible temperature rise.

      E.    Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape.

      F.    Terminate aluminum wire in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
            1.     Use tin-plated, aluminum-bodied compression connectors. Fill with anti-oxidant
                   compound prior to installation of conductor.
            2.     Use suitable reducing connectors or mechanical connector adaptors for connection
                   aluminum conductors to copper conductors.

      G.    Install wiring devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
            1.       Install wall switches 48 inches above floor, OFF position down.
            2.       Install wall dimmers 48 inches above floor. Derate ganged dimmers as instructed
                     by manufacturer. Do not use common neutral.
            3.       Install convenience receptacles 18 inches above floor, 6 inches above counters,
                     backsplash, grounding pole on bottom.
            4.       Install specific purpose receptacles at heights shown on Drawings.
            5.       Install cord and attachment plug caps on equipment under the provisions of Section
                     16050. Size cord for connected load and rating of branch circuit overcurrent
                     protection.



                                              16120-4
H.   Install wall plates flush and level.
     1.       Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas,
              using jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls.
     2.       Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished
              areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface-mounted outlets.


                                END OF SECTION




                                       16120-5
                                        SECTION 16400

                             SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION


1.0   GENERAL

1.1   SECTION INCLUDES

      A.   Service entrance and metering.

      B.   Switchboards.

      C.   Enclosed switches.

      D.   Grounding.

      E.   Transformers.

      F.   Busway.

      G.   Panelboards.

      H.   Enclosed circuit breakers.

      I.   Fuses.

      J.   Motor starters.

      K.   Contactors.

1.2   SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

           Electric Service System: 120/240V, 1 phase, 3 wire.

1.3   SUBMITTALS

      A.   Shop Drawings: Indicate relevant information on switchboards, panelboards, and busways.

      B.   Product Data: Provide data on enclosed switches and circuit breakers, fuses, circuit
           breakers, busway plug-in devices, transformers, motor starters, and contactors.

      C.   Test Reports: Submit for field inspection and testing. Include description of procedures,
           duration, instruments used, and test values obtained. Present information in table
           comparing acceptable values to actual values.




                                            16400-1
      D.      Operating and Maintenance Instructions:
              1.      Switchboard: Submit NEMA PB 1.1.
              2.      Panelboard: Submit NEMA PB 2.1.
              3.      Busway: Submit NEMA BU 1.1.

1.4   REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

      A.      Conform to requirements of Utility Company.

      B.      Contractor shall be responsible for final coordination with utility companies regarding new
              electrical service. Verify exact requirements prior to rough-in. There shall be no extra
              costs to the owner for contractor’s failure to coordinate utility requirements.

1.5   PROJECT CONDITIONS - Not Applicable.

1.6   MAINTENANCE

      Submit extra materials required for maintenance:
             Provide two of each size and type fuse.


2.0   PRODUCTS

2.1   METERING EQUIPMENT - Per Utility Specification

2.2   SWITCHBOARD - NOT APPLICABLE

2.3   ENCLOSED SWITCHES

      A.      Manufacturers:
              1.    Square D
              2.    General Electric
              3.    Cutler Hammer

      B.      Enclosed Switch Assemblies: NEMA KS 1; Type HD.
                     Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate Class R fuses.

      C.      Enclosures: NEMA KS 1; Type as indicated on Drawings.

2.4   FUSES

      A.      Manufacturers:
              1.    Bussman
              2.    Gould

      B.      Fuses 600 Amperes and Less: Dual element, current limiting, time delay, one-time fuse,
              250 volt, UL Class RK 1.



                                              16400-2
      C.    Fuses Larger Than 600 Amperes: Current limiting, fast-acting one time fuse, 600 volt, UL
            Class L.

      D.    Fuse Interrupting Rating: 200,000 rms amperes.

2.5   GROUNDING MATERIALS

      A.    Ground Rods: Copper-encased steel, 5/8 inch diameter, minimum length 10 feet.

      B.    Clamps: Bronze.

2.6   TRANSFORMERS - NOT APPLICABLE

2.7   BUSWAY - Not Applicable

2.8   PANELBOARDS

      A.    Manufacturers:
            1.    Square D.
            2.    General Electric.
            3.    Cutler Hamme.

      B.    Main and Distribution Panelboards: NEMA PB 1; circuit breaker type.
            1.     Enclosure: As indicated on the drawings.
            2.     Provide surface cabinet front with screw cover and hinged door.
            3.     Bus: Copper.
            4.     Ground Bus: Copper.
            5.     Voltage: 120/240 volts, single phase.
            6.     Minimum Integrated Equipment Rating: 22,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 240
                   volt panelboards.

      C.    Lighting and Appliance Branch Circuit Panelboards: NEMA PB 1; circuit breaker type.
            1.      Enclosure: NEMA PB1; Type As indicated on the drawings.
            2.      Provide cabinet front with lockable door, keyed alike.
            3.      Bus: Copper bus.
            4.      Ground Bus: Copper.
            5.      Voltage: 120/240 volts, single phase.
            6.      Minimum Integrated Equipment Rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 240
                    volt panelboards.

      D.    Load Centers: Circuit breaker load center.
            1.     Enclosure: As scheduled on the drawings.
            2.     Provide flush or surface box, with door, and with pull ring and latch on door.
            3.     Provide load centers with bus ratings as scheduled on Drawings.
            4.     Do not use tandem circuit breakers.
            5.     Voltage: 120/240 volts, single phase.
            6.     Minimum Integrated Equipment Rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical.



                                             16400-3
       E.    Accessories: Provide circuit breaker accessories as indicated on Drawings.

2.9    ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS - Not Applicable

2.10   MOTOR STARTERS

       A.    Manufacturers:
             1.    Square D.
             2.    General Electric.
             3.    Cutler Hammer.

       B.    Manual Motor Starter:
             1.     NEMA ICS 2; AC general-purpose Class A manually operated, full-voltage
                    controller with overload relay, red pilot light, NO auxiliary contact, and push
                    button operator.
             2.     Fractional Horsepower Manual Starter: NEMA ICS 2; AC general-purpose Class
                    A manually operated, full- voltage controller for fractional horsepower induction
                    motors, with thermal overload unit, red pilot light, and toggle operator.
             3.     Enclosure: NEMA ICS 6; Type as indicated.


       C.    Magnetic Motor Starter: NEMA ICS 2.
             1.     Full voltage Motor Starters: AC general-purpose Class A magnetic controller for
                    induction motors rated in horsepower.
             2.     Two-Speed Starters: Include integral time delay transition between FAST and
                    SLOW speeds.
             3.     Coil Operating Voltage: 120 volts, 60 Hz.
             4.     Extra Auxiliary Contacts: 2 field convertible.
             5.     Control Power Transformers: 120 volt secondary.
             6.     Enclosure: Type 1.

       D.    Combination Motor Starters:      Combine motor starters with fusible switch in single
             enclosure.

2.11   CONTACTORS

       A.    Manufacturers:
             1.    Square D.
             2.    General Electric.
             3.    Cutler Hammer.

       B.    General Purpose Contactors: NEMA ICS 2; electrically held.
             1.      Coil Operating Voltage: 120 volts, 60 Hz.
             2.      Enclosure: NEMA ICS 6; Type as indicated.

       C.    Lighting Contactors: NEMA ICS 2; mechanically held.
             1.      Coil Operating Voltage: 120 volts, 60 Hz.
             2.      Enclosure: NEMA ICS 6; Type as indicated.


                                             16400-4
3.0   EXECUTION

3.1   EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION

      A. Examine surfaces. Verify details and dimensions are as required.

      B. Schedule site meeting with Utility to insure proper coordination. Notify architect in writing 7
         days prior to meeting.

3.2   INSTALLATION

      A.      Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

      B.      Install proper fuses in each fused switch.

      C.      Verify grounding and bonding to NFPA 70.
              1.      Supplementary Grounding Electrode: Use driven ground rod on exterior of
                      building in main service equipment area.
              2.      Provide separate, insulated equipment grounding conductor in feeder and branch
                      circuits. Terminate each end on a grounding lug, bus, or bushing.
              3.      Use 6 AWG minimum size, copper conductor to bond communications system
                      grounding conductor to nearest effectively grounded metallic water pipe.

      D.      Install panelboards and load centers to NEMA PB 1.1.

3.3   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.      Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper
              installation.

      B.      Measure ground resistance from system neutral connection at service entrance to
              convenient ground reference point by passing minimum current of 10 amperes DC and
              measuring voltage drop. Maximum resistance: 10 ohms.

3.4   CLEANING

              Clean equipment finishes to remove paint and concrete spatters.


                                         END OF SECTION




                                                16400-5
SECTION 16500

LIGHTING




1.0 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

 A. Luminaries and lampholders.

 B. Lamps.

 C. Ballasts.

 D. Poles and brackets.

 E. Exit Signs.

 F. Emergency lighting units.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

 A. Shop Drawings: Indicate construction details for Products which are not manufacturer's standard.

 B. Product Data: Provide product data for each luminaire and lighting unit.

 C. Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Provide maintenance and operating instructions for battery
powered lighting units.

1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

 A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.

 B. Conform to requirements of NFPA 101.

 C. Furnish products listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. or other testing firm acceptable to authority having
jurisdiction.

1.4 MAINTENANCE - Not Applicable
2.0 PRODUCTS

2.1 LUMINAIRES AND LAMPHOLDERS

 A. Luminaire Schedule: Product requirements for each luminaire and lampholder are specified in luminaire
schedule on Drawings.

 B. Accessories: Provide required accessories for mounting and operation of each luminaire as indicated.
  1. Recessed Luminaires: Provide trim type suitable for ceiling system in which luminaire is installed.
  2. Thermal Protection: Provide thermal protection devices to meet NFPA 70 requirements.
  3. Surface Luminaires: Provide spacers and brackets required for mounting.
  4. Pendant Luminaires: Provide swivel hangers, pendant rods, tubes, and chains as indicated to install
luminaire at appropriate height.

2.2 LAMPS

 A. Manufacturers:
  1. Sylvania – Osram.
  2. Approved Equal.

 B. Description:
  1. Incandescent Lamps: 130 volts, shape as scheduled.
  2. Fluorescent Lamps: Type and color as scheduled.
  3. Metal Halide HID Lamps: Phosphor coated.
  4. High Pressure Sodium HID Lamps: Clear, suitable for ballast furnished in luminaire and for all burning
positions.
  5. Reflector Lamp Beam Patterns: Conform to ANSI C78.379.

2.3 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS

 A. Manufacturers:
  1. Advance.
  2. Approved Equal.

 B. Provide fluorescent ballast suitable for use under installation conditions listed for each luminaire and
lampholder.
  1. Voltage: 120 volts.
  2. Ballasts: Electronic.
3.0 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION

  Examine adjacent surfaces to determine that surfaces are ready to receive work.

3.2 INSTALLATION

 Install luminaires and accessories in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
  1. Provide pendant accessory to mount suspended luminaires and exit signs at height indicated. Use swivel
hanger on sloped ceilings.
  2. Support surface-mounted luminaires from ceiling grid tee structure; provide auxiliary support laid across top
of ceiling tees. Fasten to prohibit movement.
  3. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below. Install earthquake clips.
  4. Install lamps in luminaires and lampholders.

3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

 A. Align luminaires and clean lenses and diffusers at completion of work.

 B. Aim adjustable luminaires and lampholders as indicated or as directed.

 C. Adjust directional arrows on exit signs to meet approval of authority having jurisdiction.

 D. Clean paint spatters, dirt and debris from installed luminaires.

 E. Relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at completion of work.

END OF SECTION

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:6
posted:10/20/2011
language:English
pages:228